Skip to main content

Full text of "tektronix :: catalog :: Tektronix Catalog 1958-05 #17"

See other formats


♦ 




^jJP^PfBBpPMW ^&w^ 



!• 




IftK^tmuitMmrw^lltiitiitrmfvir •— • -----r-- 



«—■*«**— ~—*-^-* n«, v , n w,n t r:iimmmmmmmmmmmmmtmtm 



u 




CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPES 

Auxiliary Instruments and Accessories 



i 



CATALOG 17 



MAY 1958 



I 

J 




OUR CONTINUING CREED 

is that of serving Tektronix customers with 
products and policies that are unexcelled in 
the electronics industry and limited only by 
the current state of the art. 



c 




COVER ILLUSTRATION — Differential input for both ver- 
tical and horizontal amplifiers facilitates display of 
roulette patterns with the new Type 502 (page 71). 
The seven-point star is formed by two sine waves with 
a frequency ratio of 3 to 4. Roulette displays can be 
extremely useful in the measurement of small frequency 
differences, and are usually easier to interpret than 
lissajous figures at high ratios. 



J 



-r P Ky T 




IX INC 



-> * »"■ ' " 



— ' " >■ 



— wl f n u.n. ..... JJ ^ B j ,., : '!■! "■ 



I 





About the Company. . . 

Tektronix was organized in 1946 to manufacture cathode-ray 
oscilloscopes. To an unusual degree, Tektronix oscilloscopes have 
met with the approval of the ultimate user, enabling the company 
to grow by expanding its product lines and services. 

Throughout this continuing growth period Tektronix is striving 
to produce instruments with the quality and utility demanded by 
the fast-moving electronic industry. High employee morale, 
fostered by an employee-management relations program that gives 
employees a voice in company operations, a fair share of company 
profits, and steady year around employment, contributes greatly 
to this aim. 

Realizing the complexity of the modern cathode-ray oscillo- 
scope, Tektronix continually strives to provide the best in field 
maintenance help, and the utmost speed in replacement parts 
service. Helping to keep existing Tektronix instruments in efficient 
operation is as much a responsibility as developing new instru- 
ments to meet the future needs of the industry. Tektronix is mak- 
ing every effort to continue serving its customers with the highest 
quality in both product and service. 



Tektronix, Inc., an Oregon Corporation, Portland 7, Oregon, U. S. A. 




c 



I 
I 
I 
I 

D 






i 
i 
i 
i 
i 
i 



c 









I 



l» 



CONTENTS 



t 



General Information } 

Tektronix Field Services 3 

Reference Chart of Tektronix Oscilloscopes . 4 

Applications Guide . . 6 

OSCILLOSCOPES with PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 

*Type 533 DC to 1 5 MC 11 

Type 531 DC to IT MC 15 

Type 535 DC to 11 MC, with Sweep Delay. . . 19 

Type 541 DC to 30 MC 23 

♦Type 543 DC to 30 MC 26A 

Type 545 DC to 30 MC, with Sweep Delay . . 27 

♦Type 551 DC to 25 MC, Dual Beam 31 

Type 536 DC to 1 1 MC, X-Y Curve Tracer ... 35 

Type 532 DC to 5 MC 39 

PLUG-IN UNITS 

53/54C Dual-Trace DC 43 

♦53/54H Wide-Band High-Gain DC 45 

53/54K Fast-Rise DC 46 

53/54L Fast-Rise High-Gain 47 

53/54D High-Gain DC Differential 48 

53/54G Wide-Band DC Differential 49 

53/54A Wide-Band DC 50 

53/54B Wide-Band High-Gain 51 

53/54E Low-Level AC Differential 52 

*53/54R Transistor Risetime Tester 53 

53/54T Time-Base Generator 54A 

♦Type 127 Preamplifier Power Supply 54C 

PORTABLE OSCILLOSCOPES 

Type 310 3" DC to 4 MC 57 

Type 316 3"DCtol0MC 61 

Type515A 5" DC to 15 MC 65 

LOW-FREQUENCY OSCILLOSCOPES 

♦Type 502 200-/xv/cm Dual-Beam 71 

HIGH-SPEED OSCILLOSCOPES 

Type 517A 7-Millimicrosecond Risetime 77 

TELEVISION OSCILLOSCOPES 

Type 524AD DC to 10 MC 83 

Type 525 Waveform Monitor 87 

RACK-MOUNTING OSCILLOSCOPES 

Type RM35 DC to 10 MC, with Sweep Delay. . 93 

♦ NEW INSTRUMENTS 



Type RM45 DC to 30 MC, with Sweep Delay. . 94 

Type RM41 DC to 30 MC 95 

Type RM31 DC to 10 MC 96 

Type RM32 DC to 5 MC 97 

Type RM15 DC to 15 MC 98 

Type RM16 DC to 10 MC 99 

Dimensions of Rack-Mounting Oscilloscopes. ... 100 

CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACERS 

Type 570 Electron-Tube 103 

Type 575 Transistor 107 

SQUARE-WAVE GENERATORS 

Type 105 Wide Frequency Range 113 

Type 1 07 Fast Rise 1 1 5 

AUXILIARY AMPLIFIERS 

Type 112 Differential High-Gain 119 

Type 121 Wide-Band Preamplifier 121 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 123 

Type 123 Miniature Low-Level Preamplifier . . 125 

SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Type 1 30 L,C Meter 1 29 

Type 160 -Series Waveform Generators 131 

Type 1 60A Power Supply 132 

Type 161 Pulse Generator 133 

Type 162 Waveform Generator 134 

Type 163 Pulse Generator 135 

Type 360 Indicator 1 37 

Type 1 26 Power Supply 1 39 

♦Type 180A Time-Mark Generator 141 

Type 181 Time-Mark Generator 143 

Type RM181 Rack-Mount Time-Mark Generator 144 

Type 190A Constant-Amplitude Generator . . 145 

Scope-Mobiles 147 

ACCESSORIES 

Modification Kits 151 

Operational Accessories 153 

Test Accessories 1 59 

Replacement Parts 1 60 

Shipping Weights 164 

Description of Cathode-Ray- Tube Phosphors. 165 

/ \ 

How to Calculate Writing Rate 166 

Field Offices 167 



COPYRIGHT 195B TEKTRONIX. INC. 



I 



1 



( i 



I 

4 



I 

I* 



t 



V 

1 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



Terms and Shipment 

For domestic orders, placed in accordance with the 
normal Tektronix marketing practices, our terms are net 
thirty days. Shipping delay may be prevented by estab- 
lishing credit at the time of placing your order. When 
desirable, COD shipments can be arranged. Normally 
all prices and original quotations are f.o.b. factory. 

Unless otherwise specified on your order, shipment 
will be made via Motor Freight. If another carrier is 
specified, shipment will be made at full valuation unless 
your order instructs differently. In case air shipment and 
full valuation are desired, please specify whether Air 
Express or Air Freight. Lacking specification, Air Freight 
and full valuation will be chosen. 

Export Orders 

To provide our overseas customers with instruments at 
prices based on eminently fair exchange rates, assistance 
in ordering, and most important, service after receipt of 
their instruments, Tektronix has established authorized 
distributors in many overseas countries. To take advan- 
tage of these services, available ONLY through your 
AUTHORIZED TEKTRONIX DISTRIBUTOR, and to eliminate 
the necessity of paying a premium for our instruments, 
please direct all inquiries and orders to the TEKTRONIX 
DISTRIBUTOR in your country. Customers in a country not 
presently served by an authorized Tektronix distributor 
are asked to send all inquiries and orders directly to Tek- 
tronix, Inc., Portland, Oregon. 

Delivery 

Acceptance of purchase orders is indicated by our ac- 
knowledgement, and estimated shipment time is given 
from date of acknowledged acceptance. Every effort 
is made to meet the estimated shipment date, but there 
is the possibility that circumstances beyond our control 
might make it impossible to meet the quoted schedules. 

Field Maintenance 

Tektronix Field Maintenance is provided as a service 
to our customers. Work is expedited whether or not 
the instrument is in warranty. 

Should replacement parts be required, whether at no 
charge under warranty or at established net prices, 
notify us promptly, including sufficient details to identify 
the required parts. We will ship them transportation 
paid (via air to meet emergencies, if requested) as soon 
as possible, usually within 24 hours. 



Requests for repairs or replacement parts should in- 
clude type number and serial number and should be 
directed to the Tektronix Field Office or Representative 
in your area. In an emergency, please wire or phone 
Field Engineering, Tektronix, Inc., Portland, Oregon. This 
procedure will assure you the fastest possible service. 

If an instrument must be returned to the factory for 
repairs, notify Field Engineering directly or through your 
Tektronix Field Office or Representative, indicating 
type number and serial number, and you will be 
notified at once as to procedure to be followed. PLEASE 
DO NOT RETURN AN INSTRUMENT BEFORE RECEIVING 
DIRECTIONS. Instruments and parts returned from coun- 
tries other than the United States must be accompan- 
ied by an invoice to clear through customs. 

It is standard practice for Tektronix to incorporate 
improvements in production instruments as they are de- 
veloped in our laboratories. When it is feasible to add 
such improvements in the field, modification kits are 
made available to those who wish to modernize their 
own instruments. 

For customers who have large quantities of Tektronix 
instruments and wish to equip their maintenance de- 
partments with factory-tested components, integrated 
kits of parts are available. Kits are designed to cover 
expected needs of a group of ten instruments of the 
same type. 



Warranty 

All Tektronix instruments are fully guaranteed against 
defective materials and workmanship for one year. Tek- 
tronix transformers, manufactured in our own plant, 
carry an indefinite warranty. 

Any questions with respect to the warranty mentioned 
above should be taken up with your Tektronix Field 
Engineer. 



Overseas Warranty Replacements 

The same general warranty policies above apply; how- 
ever, surface shipment will be made prepaid C.I.F. port 
of unloading. Customers requesting air shipment for emer- 
gency replacements will be invoiced for one-half of the 
shipment charges and Tektronix will assume the remain- 
der of these charges C.I.F. airport of destination. 



5/SB 




I 



*l 



I 



I 

l» 



f 



w 



TEKTRONIX FIELD SERVICES 

Tektronix Customers are urged to take advantage of the 
many field services available to them through Tektronix Field- 
Engineering Offices, Engineering Representatives, and Over- 
seas Engineering Organizations. Some of these services are 
described below. 




4 



rM 




Ordering — There are many 
types of oscilloscopes, each de- 
signed for a specific application 
area. Your Field Engineer can 
help you select the one best 
suited to your present and fu- 
./^^ ture needs, and he will be hap- 

py to arrange a demonstration 

of the instrument in your 

application if you so desire. 

If you are a Purchasing Agent 
or Buyer, your Field Engineer 
or his secretary can help you with information on prices, terms, 
shipping estimates, and best method of transportation on in- 
struments, accessories, and replacement parts. 



Operation — Your Tektronix 
Oscilloscope can be most use- 
ful to you when you are familiar 
with all control functions. Your 
Field Engineer will be glad to 
demonstrate the use of your in- 
strument in various applications 
to help you become more fa- 
miliar with its operation. If your 
instrument is to be used by sev- 
eral engineers, your Field Engi- 
neer will be happy to conduct 
informal classes on its operation 
in your laboratory. 



Maintenance — Tektroni x 
willingly assumes much of the 
responsibility for continued ef- 
ficient operation of the instru- 
ments it manufactures. If you 
should experience a stubborn 
maintenance problem, your 
Field Engineer will gladly help 
you isolate the cause. Often a 
telephone discussion with him 
will help you get your instru- 
ment back into operation with 
minimum delay. If yours is a 
large laboratory, your Field Engineer can be of service to your 
maintenance engineers by conducting informal classes on test 
and calibration procedures, trouble-shooting techniques, and 
general maintenance. 







If you are responsible for the maintenance of a large quanti- 
ty of Tektronix Instruments, ask your Field Engineer about the 
free factory training course in maintenance and calibration. 



Applications — Perhaps the 
answers you need in a specific 
application can be obtained 
faster and easier through use 
of your Tektronix Oscilloscope. 
Your Field Engineer can help 
you find out, and if use of your 
oscilloscope is indicated, help 
you with procedures. He may 
also be able to suggest many 
time-saving uses for your oscil- 
loscope in routine checks and 
measurements. 



Instrument Reconditioning 

— An older Tektronix Oscillo- 
scope, properly reconditioned, 
can give you many additional 
years of service. Your Field En- 
gineer will gladly explain the 
advantages and limitations of 
factory reconditioning, and 
make the necessary arrange- 
ments if you decide in favor of it. 
Many major repair and re- 
calibration jobs can be per- 
formed at a nearby Field Re- 
pair Station. Ask your Field En- 
gineer about this at-cost service 
to Tektronix customers. 



Communications — Your 
Field Engineer is a valuable 
communication link between 
you and the factory. He knows 
the exact person to contact in 
each circumstance, and he can 
reach that person fast and easi- 
ly. Let him help speed your 
communications with the fac- 
tory on any problem related to 
your Tektronix Instruments. 







\t 





5/5 B 




REFERENCE 

MAIN SPECIFICATIONS of TEKTRONIX OSCILLOSCOPES (_ 

Oscilloscopes with Plug-In Preamplifiers 



TYPE 533 



TYPE 543 



TYPE 541 
Fast-Rise 



Vertical Frequency 

Response (with 
Type 53/54K Unit) 



dc to 15 mc 



TYPE 545 
Fast-Rise 



TYPE 551 
Dual-Beam 



dc to 30 mc 



dc to 30 mc 



Signal 
Delay 



0.2 /isec 



0.2 /usee 



Calibrated 
Sweep Range 



0.02 /xsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 



0.02 /isec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 



Sweep 
Magnifier 



2, 5, 10, 20 
50, lOOx 



Sweep Delay 



None 



dc to 30 mc 



dc to 25 mc 

both beams 



0.2 usee 



0.2 ^sec 



0.02 /tsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 



0.02 /tsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 



5x 



Accelerating 
Potential 



10 kv 



Price 

(without 

plug-in unitsl 



Complete 
Specifications 



$1050 



$1200 



None 



1 /isec to 
0.1 sec 



None 



10 k> 



10 kv 



10 k' 



$1 145 



$1450 



Page 11 



Page 26A 



Page 23 



Page 27 



$1725 



Page 31 



I 











Plug-In 


Preamplifiers for Type 530-Series, 


m- 




Calibrated 
Deflection Factor 


Risetime of Combination — Plugged into Type 


1 


533 1 


543-541-545 


551 


531-535-536 


532 


TYPE 53/54A 
Wide-Band DC 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.025 /isec 


0.018 /usee 


0.02 /usee 


0.035 /isec 


0.07 /tsec 


■ 


TYPE 53/54B 
Wide-Band 
High-Gain 


5 mv/cm to 
0.05 v/cm 


0.035 /isec 


0.03 /isec 


0.035 /isec 


0.04 /isec 


0.07 /isec 


■ 
■ 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.025 /isec 


0.01 8 /xsec 


0.02 /isec 


0.035 /isec 


TYPE 53/54C 
Dual-Trace DC 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.023 /isec 


0.015 /usee 


0.016 /usee 


0.035 /tsec 


0.07 /tsec 


■ 


TYPE 53/54D 

High-Gain DC 

Differential 


1 mv/cm to 
50 v/cm 


0.18 /usee 


0.18 /usee 


0.1 8 /isec 


0.18 /tsec 


0.18 /isec 


^ 


TYPE 53/54E 

Low-Level AC 

Differential 


50 /iv/em to 
10 mv/cm 


6 /tsec 


6 /tsec 


6 /xsec 


6 /isec 


6 /isec 


■- 


TYPE 53/54G 

Wide-Band DC 
Differential 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.025 /isec 


0.018 /usee 


0.02 /isec 


0.035 /xsec 


0.07 /isec 


1 


TYPE 53/54H 
DC Coupled High- 
Gain Wide-Band 


0.005 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.031 /isec 


0.023 /isec 


0.025 /isec 


0.037 /usee 


0.07 /isec 


1 


TYPE 53/54K 
Fast-Rise DC 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.023 /isec 


0.01 2 /usee 


0.014 /isec 


0.031 /usee 


0.07 /isec 


■— 


TYPE 53/54L 

Fast-Rise 

High-Gain 


5 mv/cm 
to 2 v/cm 


0.023 /tsec 


0.015 /xsec 


0.023 /tsec 


0.035 /isec 


0.07 /isec 


1 


0.05 v/cm 
to 20 v/cm 


0.023 /tsec 


0.01 2 /isec 


0.014 /isec 


0.031 /isec 



Oscilloscopes without Plug-In Preamplifiers 





Calibrated 
Deflection Factor 


Risetime 


Vertical 
Passband 


Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Sweep 
Magnifier 


Accelerating 
Potential 


Price 


Complete 
Specifications 


D 


TYPE 502 

Dual-Beam 

and X-Y 

Curve Tracer 


200 /tv/cm 
to 1 mv/cm 


3.5 /isec 


dc to 1 00 kc 


1 /tsec/cm 

to 
5 sec/cm 


2, 5, 10, 
and 20x 


3 kv 


$795 


Page 71 


1 


1 mv/cm to 
50 mv/cm 


1 .0 /isec 


dc to 350 kc 


50 mv/cm to 
20 v/cm 


0.7 /usee 


dc to 500 kc 


TYPE 517A 
High-Speed 


0.05 v/cm 


0.007 /isec 




0.01 /usec/cm 
to 20 /isec/cm 




24 kv 


$3500 


Page 77 


X 


TYPE 524AD 
Television 


0.015 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm 


0.035 /isec 


dc to 10 mc 


0.1 /usec/cm to 
0.01 sec/cm 


3x and lOx 


4 kv 


$1180 


Page 83 




5/5B 



I 



— - 



CHART 

for Convenience in Making Preliminary Comparisons 



Oscilloscopes with Plug-In Preamplifiers 



■ 




Vertical Frequency 

Response (with 
Type 53/54K Unit) 


Signal 
Delay 


Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Sweep 
Magnifier 


Sweep Delay 


Accelerating 
Potential 


Price 

(without 
plug-in units) 


Complete 
Specifications 


1 


TYPE 531 
General Purpose 


dc to 11 mc 


0.25 usee 


0.02 /xsec/cm 
to 5 sec/cm 


5x 


None 


10 kv 


$995 


Page 15 


■ 


Type 535 
General Purpose 


dc to 11 mc 


0.25 /usee 


0.02 /isec/em 
to 5 sec/cm 


5x 


1 «sec to 
0.1 sec 


10 kv 


$1300 


Page 19 


1 


Type 536 
X-Y Curve Tracer 


dc to 11 mc 


None 


See Type 53/54T 
Time-Base Gen. 


None 


4 kv 


$995 


Page 35 




TYPE 532 
General Purpose 


dc to 5 mc 


None 


0.2 /xsec/cm 

to 5 sec/cm 5x 


None 


4 kv 


$625 


Page 39 



Type 540-Series, and Type 550-Series Oscilloscopes 



1 


Passband of CombinaHon — Plugged into Type 


Input 
Capacitance 


Price 


Complete 
Specifications 


533 


543-541-545 


551 


531-535-536 


532 


I 


dc to 14 mc 


dc to 20 mc 


dc to 18 mc 


dc to 10 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


47 fifif 


$85 


Page 50 


1 

I 


2 c to 1 mc 


2 c to 1 2 mc 


2 c to 10 mc 


2 c to 9 mc 


2 c to 5 mc 


47 fifif 


$125 


Page 51 


dc to 14 mc 


dc to 20 mc 


dc to 18 mc 


dc to 10 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


1 


dc to 15 mc 


dc to 24 mc 


dc to 22 mc 


dc to 10 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


20 /i/xf 


$250 


Page 43 


It 


dc to 2 mc 


dc to 2 mc 


dc to 2 mc 


dc to 2 mc 


dc to 2 mc 


47 fifif 


$145 


Page 48 


r 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


0.06 cycles 
to 60 kc 


50 fifii 


$165 


Page 52 


■ 


dc to 14 mc 


dc to 20 mc 


dc to 1 8 mc 


dc to 10 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


47 fi/if 


$175 


Page 49 


■ 


dc to 11 mc 


dc to 15 mc 


dc to 14 mc 


dc to 9.5 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


47 fifif 


$175 


Page 45 


■ 


dc to 15 mc 


dc to 30 mc 


dc to 25 mc 


dc to 11 mc 


dc to 5 mc 


20 /ifif 


$125 


Page 46 


1 


3 c to 1 5 mc 


3 c to 24 mc 


3 c to 15 mc 


3 c to 1 mc 


3 c to 5 mc 


20 fifii 


$185 


Page 47 




dc to 1 5 mc 


dc to 30 mc 


dc to 25 mc 


dc to 11 mc 


dc to 5 mc 



Oscilloscopes without Plug-In Preamplifiers 



1 




Calibrated 
Deflection Factor 


Risetime 


Vertical 
Passband 


Calibrated 
Sweep Range 


Sweep 
Magnifier 


Accelerating 
Potential 


Price 


Complete 
Specifications 




TYPE 310 
3" Portable 


0.01 v/div 
to 0.1 v/div 


0.1 /xsec 


2 c to 3.5 mc 


0.1 /xsec/div 
to 0.2 sec/div 


5x 


1.8 kv 


$595 


Page 57 


1 


0.1 v/div 
to 50 v/div 


0.09 /xsec 


dc to 4 mc 




TYPE 316 
3" Portable 


0.01 v/div 
to 0.1 v/div 


0.035 /xsec 


2 c to 10 mc 


0.2 /xsec/div 
to 2 sec/div 


5x 


1.8 kv 


$725 


Page 61 


1 


0.1 v/div 
to 50 v/div 


0.035 /xsec 


dc to 10 mc 


lit 


TYPE 51 5 A 

5" Portable 


0.05 v/cm 
to 50 v/cm 


0.023 fisec 


dc to 15 mc 


0.04 /xsec/cm 
to 2 sec/cm 


5x 


4 kv 


$750 


Page 65 



5/5B 




APPLICATIONS GUIDE 

Some of the known applications of Tektronix Instruments are presented 
here, to help guide you in selecting instruments to fit your needs. Your 
Tektronix Field Engineer or Representative can be very helpful in this 
regard. If in doubt, please consult him before ordering. For his location 
and phone number, please refer to the Field Office page in this catalog. 



c 



I 
I. 



BIOPHYSICAL-MEDICAL 

Cardiac Investigation, Diagnosis, Central Nervous 
System Research, Cortical Research, Neural Ac- 
tivity and Response 

Type 535 Oscilloscope 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 551 Oscilloscope 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Type 123 Preamplifier 

Stimulation 

Type 160-Series Waveform Generators 
Type 360 Cathode-Ray Indicator 
Type 1 26 Power Supply 

CHEMICAL 

Analysis and Research, General 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Life-Time Testing and Photo-Sensitivity Analysis 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 

ELECTRONIC 

Circuit Design 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 

Type 1 30 L,C Meter 

Type 190A Signal Generator 

Type 180A Time-Mark Generator 

Type 181 Time-Mark Generator 

Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Tracer 

Type 575 Transistor-Curve Tracer 

Component Testing and Evaluation 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 

Type 180A Time-Mark Generator 



Type 190A Signal Generator 
Type 1 30 L,C Meter 

Computer Design 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 130 L,C Meter 

Type 105 Square- Wave Generator 

Computer Servicing 

Type 316 Portable Oscilloscope 

Type 310 Portable Oscilloscope 

Type 51 5A Oscilloscope 

Type 533 Oscilloscope 

Type 535 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54B Wide-Band High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54G Wide-Band Differential Plug-In Unit 

Delay-Line Testing and Design 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 517A High-Speed Pulse Oscilloscope 

Type 180A Time-Mark Generator 

Type 130 L,C Meter 

Magnetic Field Investigation 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 535 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54B Wide-Band High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54G Wide-Band Differential Plug-In Unit 

Radar Design and Servicing 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 551 Oscilloscope 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 
Type 1 80A Time-Mark Generator 

Servo Design and Testing 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Sound Equipment Design and Testing 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 
Type 310 Oscilloscope 
Type 1 05 Square-Wave Generator 



c 



c 



i 




5/5B 



r 



APPLICATIONS GUIDE 




W 



(Continued) 



Transistor and Tube Development 

Type 575 Transistor-Curve Tracer 

Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Tracer 

Type 51 7A Oscilloscope 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 53/54G Differential Wide-Band Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54R Transistor Rise-Time Testing Unit 

TV Station Use 

Type 525 Waveform Monitor 

Type 524AD Oscilloscope 

Type 310 Oscilloscope 

Type 316 Oscilloscope 

Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 

Type 1 30 L,C Meter 

TV Receiver Production Testing 

Type 524AD Oscilloscope 

Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 

GEOPHYSICAL 

Equipment Design 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics of Soils 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Field Equipment Maintenance 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 
Type 515A Oscilloscope 
Type 310 Portable Oscilloscope 
Type 316 Portable Oscilloscope 

INDUSTRIAL 

Stress and Impact Analysis 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Metal Fracture Investigation 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 
Type 536 Oscilloscope 
Type 531 Oscilloscope 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 



5/5B 



Type 160-Series Waveform Generators 
Type 360 Cathode-Ray Indicator 

Rotating Machinery Investigations 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54D High-Gain Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 121 Wide-Band Preamplifier 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Transient Monitor 

Type 515A Oscilloscope 

Type 535 Oscilloscope 

Type 533 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Vibration Analysis 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54D High-Gain Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54E Low-Level Differential Plug-In Unit 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Hydraulic Systems Analysis 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 

MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE 

Ballistic (weapon and explosive testing) 

Type 533 Oscilloscope 
Type 535 Oscilloscope 
Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Surge Distribution in Transformers 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 540-Oscilloscopes 

Type 53/54G Wide-Band Differential Plug-In Unit 

High Voltage, Surge and Breakdown Testing 

Type 517A Oscilloscope 
Type 105 Square-Wave Generator 
Type 107 Square-Wave Generator 
Type 190A Signal Generator 

Response of Surge-Measuring Equipment 

Type 517A Oscilloscope 

Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 53/54K Fast-Rise DC Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54L Fast-Rise High-Gain Plug-In Unit 

Type 53/54H High-Gain DC Plug-In Unit 




APPLICATIONS GUIDE 



I 



(Continued) 



Hydrogen Thyratron Research and Testing 

Type 51 7A Oscilloscope 
Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 

Input-Output Comparison 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Microwave Generator Modes 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 

Missile Check-Out Racks 

Type RM30 and RM40-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 
Type RM15 Oscilloscope 
Type RM16 Oscilloscope 

Radioactive Decay Energy Spectrum 

Type 541 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54K Fast-Rise Plug-In Unit 

Sequence Control 

Type 360 Cathode-Ray Indicator 

Sonic-Echo Materials Testing 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 

Telemetering Monitor 

Type 360 Cathode-Ray Indicator 
Type RM15 Oscilloscope 
Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Time-Shared Microwave Systems 

Type 535 Oscilloscope 



Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit 

Transducers 

Type 502 Oscilloscope 

Type 536 Oscilloscope 

Type 532 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Type 123 Preamplifier 

NUCLEAR 

Alpha Particle Detector Amplification 

Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier 

Energy Spectrum Indicator 

Type 541 Oscilloscope 

Type 53/54K Fast-Rise Plug-In Unit 

Equipment Design 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 540-Series Oscilloscopes 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 
Type 51 5A Oscilloscope 
Type 51 7A Oscilloscope 

PHOTOGRAPHY, OPTICS 

Light Intensity and Film Density Measurements, 
Shutter Speed Accuracy Tests 

All Tektronix Oscilloscopes 

Sequence Exposure Timing, Shutter Synchroniza- 
tion Measurements 

Type 535 Oscilloscope 
Type 545 Oscilloscope 
Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplifiers 

Thermocouple Radiation Measurements, Photo- 
electric Radiation Measurements 

Type 530-Series Oscilloscopes 

Type 53/54D Differential High-Gain Plug-In Unit 




<L 



c 



I 



8 




5/5 B 



I 





I 1 



_# 



OSCILLOSCOPES 

with PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 

Cathode-Ray Oscilloscopes in this section have 
the necessary basic characteristics for use, with one 
of the plug-in preamplifiers, as a general-purpose 
laboratory instrument. In addition, many special- 
ized application areas can be entered with the 
same oscilloscope by plugging in the appropriate 
preamplifier. 



I 




c 



°i 



I 



I 



I 



TYPE 530-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 




!• 



r 



TYPE 533 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 




Versatility 

Nine Available Plug-In Preamplifiers — Wide Band, 
Dual Trace, Low Level, Differential, and others for 
specialized applications. 

High Performance 

DC-to-15 MC Main Vertical Amplifier 

Easy Operation 

24 Calibrated Direct-Reading Sweep Rates 

Sweep Magnification — 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 
Times 

Preset Triggering — Eliminates triggering adjustments 
in most applications. 

Single Sweep Operation — Lockout-Reset Circuitry for 
one-shot recording. 

High Writing Rate — 250 cm/^sec, 10-kv accelerat- 
ing potential assures bright trace for operation in 
single-sweep applications, and with low sweep 
repetition rates. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 533 is a dependable laboratory oscillo- 
scope with special features that make it extremely ver- 
satile and easy to operate. The dc-to-15 mc main verti- 
cal amplifier provides for a wide range of application 
coverage through Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplifiers. Six 
different degrees of sweep magnification are available. 
Sweep lockout and high writing rate are combined for 
best results in one-shot recording. 

Operating convenience results from functionally- 
grouped controls, a single-knob direct-reading sweep 
selector, and fiddle-free triggering settings. Other 
useful features are warning lights for uncalibrated 
sweep-rate and sweep-magnifier settings, beam-position 
indicators, and built-in blanking for switching transients 
in dual-trace operation. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The dc-to-15 mc 
output amplifier is factory adjusted for optimum tran- 
sient response. Risetime is 0.022 /xsec. 



I 



3/5B 




11 



TYPE 533 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



r 




The Type 533 vertical deflection system is designed 
for use with any one of the Type 53/54 Plug-In Pre- 
amplifiers. In order to operate the Type 533, one of 
the preamplifiers must be plugged in. 

Type 533 passband and risetime with the following 
plug-in units: 

Type 53/54A — DC to 14 mc — 0.025 /t sec. 

Type 53/54B — DC to 14 mc — 0.025 /t sec, at 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm . . . 2 cycles to 10 mc — 0.035 
^sec, at 5 mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

Type 53/54C — DC to 15 mc — 0.023 /.sec. 

Type 53/54D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, increasing 
to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

Type 53/54E — 0.06 cycles to 60 kc. 

Type 53/54G — DC to 1 4 mc— 0.025 /isec. 

Type 53/54H — DC to 1 1 mc — 0.031 /..sec. 

Type 53/54K — DC to 15 mc — 0.023 /...sec. 

Type 53/54L — DC to 15 mc, 0.023 /.sec at 0.05 to 
40 v/cm — 3 cycles to 1 5 mc, 0.023 /.sec at 5 
mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

Balanced Delay Network — Ample signal delay is 
provided by a balanced (push-pull) delay network to 
permit observation of the leading edge of the wave- 
form that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input To CRT — An aperature in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode-ray 
tube deflection plates. 

HORIZONTAL-DEfLECTION SYSTEM 

A miller runup type sweep generator is used in the 
Type 533. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry as- 
sures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this circuitry 
make possible the wide range of 0.02 ..sec/cm to 15 
sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct- 
reading calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 /..sec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 sec/cm. In 
addition, a vernier ( uncalibrated) control provides for 
continuous adjustment from 0.1 /.sec/cm to 15 sec/cm. 
An indicator light warns the operator when the sweep 
is uncalibrated. Calibration accuracy of the fixed sweep 
rates will typically be within 1 % of full scale, and in all 
cases within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — Six degrees of sweep magnifi- 
cation are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 times. 
Any ten centimeters of a magnified sweep can be dis- 
played. When the magnified sweep does not exceed 
the maximum calibrated rate of 0.02 /...sec/cm, accuracy 
is within 5% of the displayed portion. An indicator 
light warns the operator when the maximum calibrated 
rate is being exceeded. 



12 




Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout-reset circuitry 
provides for one-shot recording. After a single sweep 
is triggered, the sweep circuit is automatically locked 
out until manually reset. When reset, the sweep will 
fire on the next trigger received, then automatically 
lock out until the operator presses the reset button. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is pro- 
vided for the unblanking waveform, assuring uniform 
bias on the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and 
repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable ampli- 
tude-level and stability controls for triggering the sweep 
at a selected amplitude level on the triggering wave- 
form. Triggering source can be internal, external, or 
the line frequency, either ac or dc-coupled. The trig- 
gering point can be on either the rising or falling slope 
of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger control need 
be touched until a different type of operation is de- 
sired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 cy- 
cles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display 
of sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacy- 
cles. Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 
cm of deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a 
signal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 50 v. 

Horizontal Input — An external signal can be ap- 
plied to the horizontal deflection plates through the de- 
coupled horizontal amplifier via a front-panel connec- 
tor. Three calibrated sensitivity steps are provided: 0.1, 
1, and 10 v/cm. A variable control provides for con- 
tinuous adjustment from 0.1 to approximately 100 v/cm. 
Horizontal amplifier passband is dc to 500 kc. Input 
impedance is approximately 45 /i/if paralleled by 1 
megohm. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating po- 
tential assures bright display when using fast sweeps 
at low repetition rates, and in single-sweep applica- 



3/5B 




c 



1 



I 



I 



I 



TYPE 533 OSCILLOSCOPE 




* 




tions. A new Tektronix cathode-ray tube is used in the 
Type 533. It is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision tube 
with helical post-accelerating anode that provides a 
full 6-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best results over 
the wide sweep range of the Type 533, a P2 phosphor 
is normally furnished with the instrument. 

Dual-Trace Blanking — When the Type 53/54C 
Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit is used in its chopped mode the 
switching transients are blanked. Chopping lines be- 
tween traces are eliminated. (Type 53/54C Units under 
serial number 14078 will require a minor modification). 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel connector. 
Eighteen fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 
volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 
3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 150-v sweep-saw- 
tooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. The vertical signal is 
brought out to a front-panel terminal for external ap- 
plications. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
eners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Beam-Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making time and 
amplitude measurements. Illumination is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 12BY7A 

CF and beam-position amplifiers 2 6BQ7A 

Output amplifiers 2 6197 

Trigger amplifier 6U8 

Trigger CF and vertical signal out 6BQ7A 

Sweep generator 1 2AU6 

Sweep generator CF 6BQ7A 

Disconnect diode 6AL5 

Unblank and holdoff CF 6BQ7A 

Trigger inverter 6BQ7A 



I 



3/5B 




Horizontal input CF 1 2AU6 

Driver amplifiers 2 6DK6 

Output amplifier and CF 2 6BA8 

Capacitance driver 6DK6 

Positive multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Negative multivibrator 12BY7 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6BQ7A 

External horizontal amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Cal multivibrator 6U8 

Cal output CF 6BQ7A 

Dual-trace blanking and trigger amplifier 6U8 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Regulator 12AU7 

Voltage reference . . . 5651 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Comparator amplifiers 2 1 2AX7 

Series regulators 4 12B4 

Cathode-ray tube T64P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is main- 
tained by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle- fin- 
ished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 

Weight — 61 /2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 500 watts with Type 53/54C unit plugged in. 

Type 533, without plug-in units $1050 

Includes: 2 — P410 probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031 ) 
1 — F510-5 green fitter (378-503) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Price f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



13 



I 




c 




I 



I 



I 



I* 




TYPE 530-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 



TVPE 531 CATHODE -RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 



Wide Range of Vertical-Amplifier 
Characteristics 

Instant convertibility through inter- 
changeable plug-in preamplifiers. 

Excellent Transient Response 

Main-unit vertical-amplifier risetime 
— 0,03 /j.sec. 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.02 /j.sec/em to 12 sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

1 0-KV Accelerating Potential 

Bright display at low repetition rates. 
250-cm//xsec writing rate. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier 

6-cm Linear Vertical Deflection 

Balanced Delay Network 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 531 is a wide-range laboratory oscilloscope 
capable of a great many specialized applications, in ad- 
dition to its extended capabilities as an accurate time and 
amplitude measuring instrument in the dc-to-10 mc area. 
Basic specifications in sweep range, accelerating poten- 
tial, and main vertical amplifier are such that a high de- 
gree of versatility is achieved with one of the general- 
purpose plug-in units. Nine plug-in preamplifiers are 
available for conversion to possible future requirements. 

A very practical initial combination is the Type 531 
Oscilloscope with a Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In 
Unit. This arrangement covers both dual-trace and single- 
trace applications with passband requirements from dc to 
1 mc at sensitivities as high as 0.05 v/cm. Later, if the 
need arises, additional plug-in units can be purchased at 
reasonable cost for wide-band high-gain, millivolt-sensi- 
tivity, microvolt-sensitivity, and dc-differential uses. 

A new three-piece cabinet design eases access to the 
interior of the instrument. Either side of the cabinet can 
be lowered out of the way or quickly removed by merely 
releasing two quick-opening fasteners. When necessary, 



I 



3/5B 




calibration adjustments or tube replacements can be made 
without disconnecting the instrument or moving it from its 
operating position. 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The wide-band 
dc-coupled output amplifier with risetime of 0.03 jasec is 
factory adjusted for optimum transient response. 

The Type 531 vertical deflection system is designed 
for use with any one of the Type 53 or Type 53/54 Plug- 
In Preamplifiers. In order to operate the Type 531, one 
of the preamplifiers must be plugged in. 

Type 531 passband and risetime with the following 
plug-in units: 

Type 53/54A — DC to 1 mc — 0.035 //.see. 

Type 53/54B — DC to 10 mc — 0.035 ^sec, at 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm . . .2 cycles to 9 cm — 0.04 + sec, 
at 5 mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

Type 53/54C — DC to 1 mc — 0.035 /xsec. 



15 



TYPE 531 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Type 53/54D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, increasing 
to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

Type 53/54E — 0.06 cycles to 60 kc. 

Type 53/54G — DC to 1 mc — 0.035 ^sec. 

Type 53/54H — DC to 9.5 mc — 0037 /jsec. 

Type 53/54K — DC to 1 1 mc — 0.031 jusec. 

Type 53/54L — DC to 11 mc, 0.031 /..sec at 0.05 to 
40 v/cm — 3 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035 ^.sec at 0.005 to 
4 v/cm. 

Please refer to specifications of individual plug-in 
units for sensitivity and other characteristics. Description 
of the plug-in units can be found in the catalog immedi- 
ately following the plug-in oscilloscopes. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 
0.25 /xsec is provided by the new balanced (push-pull) 
delay network. Permits observation of the leading edge 
of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 

Direct input to CRT — An aperture in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode-ray 
tube deflection plates. 



HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

A Miller runup type sweep generator is used in the 
Type 531 . Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry assures 
excellent linearity. Characteristics of this circuitry make 
possible the wide sweep range of 0.02 /-.sec/cm to 
1 2 sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The Type 531 has twen- 
ty-four calibrated sweep rates. Main sweep control has 
eight positions— 0.1, 1, 10, 1 00 jasec/cm . . . 1 , 10, 100 
msec/cm. . . 1 sec/cm. Multiplier positions of 1 , 2 and 5 
for each of the main sweep steps provide for a total of 24 
calibrated sweep rates. The remaining three positions on 
the multiplier switch are 2.5-to-l, 5-to-2 and 12-to-5 
variable positions, making the sweep time continuously 
variable from 0.1 ^sec/cm to 12 sec/cm. Calibration ac- 
curacy of the fixed sweep rates will typically be within 
1 % of full scale, and in all cases within 3 % . The 5x mag- 
nifier applied to the 0.1 -/'.sec/cm sweep extends the 
calibrated sweep range to 0.02 /^sec/cm. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is obtained 
by increasing the gain of the sweep output amplifier by 
a factor of five. The center 2 cm of the trace is expan- 
ded to fill the screen. Any one-fifth of the magnified 
sweep can be displayed on the screen by rotating the 
HORIZONTAL POSITION control. Accurate 5x magnifi- 
cation is obtained on all ranges. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is provided 
for the unblanking waveform, assuring uniform bias on 
the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and repetition 
rates. 



Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls for triggering the sweep at a 
selected amplitude level on the triggering waveform. Trig- 
gering source can be internal, external, or the line fre- 
quency, either ac or dc-coupled. The triggering point can 
be on either the positive or negative slope of the trigger- 
ing waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stabili- 
ty control is preset to the optimum triggering point and 
requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking trig- 
ger circuit provides dependable triggering for most appli- 
cations. One simple setting assures positive sweep-trig- 
gering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, shapes, 
and repetition rates. No trigger control need be touched 
until a different type of operation is desired. Range of 
automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 2 mega- 
cycles, approximately. In the absence of an input signal 
the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 50-cycle 
rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm de- 
flection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2-mrn deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 100 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step attenuator 
and variable attenuator makes the horizontal deflection 
factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to approxi- 
mately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to 240 kc. Input imped- 
ance is approximately 40 fifii paralleled by 1 megohm. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating poten- 
tial assures bright display when using fast sweeps at low 
repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. The 
5BGP, a Tektronix cathode-ray tube, is used in the Type 
531. The 5BGP is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision 
tube with a helical post-accelerating anode. It provides 
a full 6-cm x 1 0-cm viewing area — 50% more vertical 
deflection than previous high-voltage tubes. For best re- 
sults over the wide sweep range of the Type 531, a P2 
phosphor is normally furnished with the instrument. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 1 25 v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 




c 




16 




3/5B 



I 



I TYPE 531 OSCILLOSCOPE 



l» 



i» 




Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel uhf connector. 
Eighteen fixed steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 
millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, 20, 50 and 100 volts 
peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 3%. 
Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 150-v sweep-sawtooth 
waveform are available at front-panel binding posts via 
cathode followers. The vertical signal is brought out to a 
front-panel terminal for external applications. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the spot 
is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 



baseline divisions for convenience in making time and 
amplitude measurements. Illumination is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input amplifiers 2 1 2BY7A 

CF and beam-position amplifier 2 6BQ7A 

Output amplifiers 2 61 97 

Trigger amplifier 6U8 

Trigger CF and vertical signal out 6BQ7A 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep generator CF 6BQ7A 

Unblank and holdoff CF 6BQ7A 

Trigger inverter 6BQ7A 

Horizontal position and cal output CF . . . . 6BQ7A 

Horizontal drive CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal amplifier 6BQ7A 

Horizontal output CF 6BQ7A 

Positive multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6BQ7A 

External horizontal amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper amplifier 6U8 

Cal multivibrator 6U8 

External horizontal and dc level CF 1 2AU7 




I 



3/5 S 




17 



TYPE 531 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 






Negative multivibrator 1 2BY7 

Sweep start compensator 6CL6 

Dual-trace trigger amplifier 6AU6 

Disconnect diode 6AL5 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Comparator amplifiers 2 1 2AX7 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Cathode-ray tube 5BGP2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is main- 
tained by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 1 3" wide, 1 6 3 / 4 " high. 

Weight — 61 y% pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 490 watts with Type 53/54C unit plugged in. 

Type 531, without plug-in units $995 

Includes: 2 — P510A probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead (01 2-031 ) 
1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Special Models 

Type 531-57, has sweep lockout feature for single- 
sweep operation $1 020 

Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

P400-Series Low-Capacitance Probes — For complete 
specifications please see the Catalog Accessory Section. 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please see 
the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



d 



c 




18 




3/s a 



I 




I* 



I* 



I 



TYPE 530-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 



"w sjs mauoicort 




# • •_ • 



'"'-.iri'o -C** 



TYPE 535 CATHODE RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 
with Flexible Sweep Delay 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 535 Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope is essentially the Type 531 plus 
the new Tektronix lockout-reset sweep-delay circuitry. All major specifi- 
cations other than those pertaining to the sweep-delay circuitry are the 
same. Please refer to the Type 531 section for these specifications. 



WIDE-RANGE SWEEP DELAY 

1 sec to 0.1 sec, continuously variable. 

Conventional Operation 

Time-jitter less than 1 part in 20,000. 

Triggered Operation 

Jitter-free at any magnification, even in the pres- 
ence of actual signal jitter. 

Accuracy 

Range accuracy within 1%, incremental accuracy 
within 0.2% of full scale. 

Trigger-Rate Source 

10 cycles to 40 kc, continuously variable. 

ALL OTHER MAJOR SPECIFICATIONS 
SAME AS TYPE 531 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

Main-unit vertical-amplifier risetime is 0.03 jusec, sweep 
range is 0.02 /Asec/cm to 12 sec/cm, accelerating poten- 
tial is 1 kv. Please refer to Type 531 section for detailed 
oscilloscope specifications. 

APPLICATIONS 

Here are some of the things you can do with the help 
of sweep delay, using a Type 535 Oscilloscope and an 
appropriate Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplifier: 

1. Make accurate incremental measurements along a 
complex waveform. 

2. Make accurate phase-angle measurements between 
two signals up to 1 mc. 

3. Display separate channels of a PTM system, deter- 
mining pulse amplitude and shape under conditions 
of modulation. 

4. Measure pulse-to-pulse interval and amount of jit- 
ter on computer signals or any train of pulse signals. 

5. Produce a single horizontal sweep upon operating a 
push-button. This prevents the blurring of a photo- 








graph that might be caused by succeeding traces. 
This operation is useful in: 

a. Photographing recurrent phenomena when suc- 
ceeding waves are similar but not necessarily 
identical — for example, in certain biological 
work or radiation studies. 

b. Photographing the result of an action initiated 
by operating the push-button that also starts 
a single sweep. 

6. Produce a single horizontal sweep started by a trig- 
gering signal arriving after you have armed the hori- 
zontal sweep by means of a push-button. This pre- 
vents blurring of a photograph that might be caused 
by succeeding traces. This operation is useful in such 
applications as impact and explosion research. 

7. Make accurate time-difference measurements be- 
tween pulse-in and pulse-out through an amplifying 
system. 

8. Display any selected individual line of a composite 
television signal. 

9. Measure time displacement, wave shape, and ampli- 



3/SB 




19 



TYPE 535 OSCILLOSCOPE 



tude of individual channels in a telemetering system. 

10. Get calibrated sweep magnification up to a practical 
limit of about 10,000 x. 

11. Trigger external equipment at a controllable time 
after the start of a sweep. 

12. Use the delay generator as a rate generator to trig- 
ger the sweep or control the repetition rate of ex- 
ternal equipment. 

DELAYED SWEEP 

Two modes of operation permit use as a conventional 
delayed sweep, or as a triggered delayed sweep. In con- 
ventional operation the sweep starts immediately after 
the period of delay. In triggered operation the sweep 
does not start until it receives the first signal after the 
period of delay. Time-jitter is less than 1 part in 20,000 
when the delayed sweep is operated in the conventional 
manner. In triggered operation the delayed sweep is 
started by the signal under observation, resulting in a 
steady display even in the presence of jitter in the incom- 
ing signal. 

Sweep delay is accomplished in the Type 535 by use 
of a second sweep called the DELAYING SWEEP. A posi- 
tion on the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch provides for 
displaying the delaying sweep on the cathode-ray-tube 
screen. When the delaying sweep is displayed on the 
screen, the main sweep appears upon it as a section of 
increased brightness. With the signal applied to the de- 
laying sweep, the main sweep can be ranged out or in, 
to position its start at the desired point. If the main 
sweep is adjusted to free-run, it will start exactly at this 
point. If it is adjusted for triggered operation, it will not 
start until the first trigger following this point is received. 



Triggered Operation 



Delaying Sweep 



Main Sweep — Delayed 




100-/isec, cm delaying sweep dis- 
played on the screen. The 5- 
/isec/cm main sweep appears as 
a bright area on the delaying 
sweep, and moves along the trace 
as the delay is adjusted to the 
desired amount. 



The main sweep returned to the 
screen, displaying the fourth pulse 
in the chain on the 5-jisec/cm 
time base. The start of the main 
sweep was delayed 610/xsec. 



A turn of the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch returns the 
main sweep to the screen, delayed by the selected 
amount. 




o 



Small pulse following a large one displayed on the 
delaying sweep. The main sweep, running 50-times 
faster, is operating at the time indicated by the bright- 
ened portion of the trace. 




a 



Small pulse displayed on the faster main sweep 
shows time-jitter on the signal. Main sweep starting 
time is after the selected period of delay, and before 
the arrival of the pulse 




Main sweep adjusted for triggered operation. The 
main sweep is now started by the pulse to be ob- 
served. All effects of time-jitter on the signal are 
eliminated in this mode of operation. 

Calibration — A calibrated step control and a ten- 
turn precision control cover the sweep delay continuously 
from 1 microsecond to 0.1 second. Twelve steps — 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 jtxsec/cm, 1, 2, 5, and 
10 msec/cm — are accurate within 1 %. Incremental ac- 
curacy of the precision variable control is within 0.2%. 
Delay time can be read either from the screen in time 



D 






20 




3/5B 



I 



TYPE 535 OSCILLOSCOPE 






per centimeter, or from the calibrated controls in total 
time. For extreme accuracy, any of the twelve steps can 
be adjusted to the accuracy of an external standard. 

Manual Reset — Single sweeps may be initiated by a 
front-panel button. When the RESET button is pressed, a 
single sweep results if the main sweep has been adjusted 
to free-run. When the main sweep is adjusted for trig- 
gered operation, pressing the RESET button arms the 
sweep to fire on the next trigger received. After firing 
once, the sweep is locked out and will not fire again un- 
til rearmed by pressing the RESET button. A front-panel 
indicator lights when main sweep is reset and ready to 
accept a trigger. An electrical signal from a remote lo- 
cation can be used instead of the RESET button to arm the 
sweep for one-shot operation. 

For automatic reset operation, the delaying sweep 
can be adjusted to rearm the main sweep to fire on the 
next trigger received. 

Trigger-Rate Source — Triggered sweep rates of 10 
cycles to 40 kc are obtained by adjusting the duration of 
the free-running delaying sweep, and using it to trigger 
the main sweep, or to trigger an external device. 

Delayed-Trigger Source — The delayed trigger, 
amplitude approximately 5 v, is derived from the main 
sweep or delaying sweep, depending upon the position 



of the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch. The delay is cali- 
brated and is adjustable over the duration of the sweep 
sawtooth. 

Other Available Waveforms — A positive gate 
from the delaying sweep at approximately 20-v ampli- 
tude is available at the front panel. The vertical signal 
is brought out from the main amplifier to a front-panel 
connector for use in triggering the delaying sweep or 
other external applications. Peak-to-peak level is about 
1 .5 v/cm of vertical deflection on the crt screen. 

For extra convenience, 6.3 v ac at 1 amp is available 
at another front-panel connector. 

Trigger Requirements — The delaying sweep re- 
quires a trigger from 0.1 v to ±100v fed into its TRIG- 
GER terminal. A switch permits selection of lx or lOx 
attenuation and another switch provides for positive or 
negative-trigger polarity. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — The horizontal ampli- 
fier is the same as that in the Type 531, with the input 
capacitance standardized at 47 /iju,f. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

All other characteristics are identical to those of the 
Tektronix Type 531 Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope described 
in the preceding pages. 



I 



3/58 




21 



TYPE 535 OSCILLOSCOPE 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical amplifiers 2 6CL6 

Vertical amplifier CF 2 6BQ7A 

Vertical amplifiers 2 1 2BY7 

Internal trigger amplifier 6U8 

Infernal trigger CF 6BQ7A 

Cal multivibrator 6U8 

Horizontal position and cal output CF . . . . 6BQ7A 

Trigger amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Positive multivibrator and trigger amplifier . 6U8 

Negative multivibrator and clamp 6U8 

Holdoff CF 6BQ7A 

Positive multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Negative multivibrator 1 2BY7 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6BQ7A 

Dual-trace trigger amplifier 6AU6 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep generator CF 6BQ7A 

Delaying sweep generator 1 2AU6 

Disconnect diodes 1 2AL5 

Trigger amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger amplifier CF 1 2AU7 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Multivibrator and gate CF 6BQ7A 

Multivibrator 6U8 

Sweep generator and holdoff CF 6BQ7A 

Comparator 6BQ7A 

Trigger CF and constant current . 6U8 

Delay multivibrator 6U8 

Comparator 6U8 

Horizontal drive CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal amplifier 6BQ7A 

Horizontal output CF 6BQ7A 

Sweep start compensator 6CL6 

Unblanking mixer 6BQ7A 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Voltage reference 5651 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series Regulators 4 1 2B4 

Comparator amplifiers 2 12AX7 

Cathode-ray tube 5BGP2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is main- 
tained by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 



Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 

Weight— 65 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 1 05- 1 25 v or 2 1 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 540 watts with Type 53/54C unit plugged in. 

Type 535, without plug-in units $1300 

Includes: 2 — P510A probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test iead (012-031) 
1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Special Models 

Type 535-S1 , sweep delay 1 /<sec to 1 sec . . . $1 325 

Type 535-S2, sweep delay 1 00 /'.sec to 1 sec . $1 325 

Type 535-S6, sweep delay 1.5 ^sec to 10 sec. $1325 
Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

P 1 , P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

P400-Series Low-Capacitance Probes — For complete 
specifications please see the Catalog Accessory Section. 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please see 
the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




c 




22 




3/5B 



I 



TYPE 540-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 




TYPE 541 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 

for Fast-Rise Applications 



Excellent Transient Response 

Main-unit vertical-amplifier risetime 
— 10 millimicroseconds. 

Wide Range of Vertical-Amplifier 
Characteristics 

Instant convertibility through inter- 
changeable plug-in preamplifiers. 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.02 jusec/cm to 1 2 sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

1 0-kv Accelerating Potential 

250-cm/jUsec writing rate. 

Full 4 cm x 1 cm Linear Deflection 
Balanced 0.2 jasec Delay Network 
New Cabinet Design 




rm ui okhloscoh 

I • • I MM* • t » 



UIOOU1MO mom 







■« Wf •• 







I 1 



I 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 541 is a high-speed laboratory 
oscilloscope with performance capabilities far above any 
previous oscilloscope of its size and cost. In combination 
with the Type 53/54K Plug-In Unit, the Type 541 offers 
a vertical-amplifier passband of dc to 30 mc and a rise- 
time of 12 millimicroseconds, opening the way to faster, 
easier analyses of fast-rising waveforms. Wide sweep 
range, high accelerating potential, and full four centi- 
meters of vertical deflection fully complement the ex- 
tended vertical-amplifier range, and the convertibility 
provided by plug-in preamplifiers adds immensely to its 
value by making it adaptable to almost all laboratory- 
oscilloscope applications. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The wide-band 
fast-rise dc-coupled output amplifier has a risetime of 
10 millimicroseconds, and is factory adjusted for optimum 
transient response. 

The Type 53/54K Fast-Rise Plug-In Preamplifier, de- 
veloped for Type 541 and Type 545 Oscilloscopes, pro- 



vides a maximum deflection factor of 0.05 v/cm, with 12- 
millimicrosecond risetime, dc-to-30 mc passband, and 20- 
fiixi input capacitance. ( Frequency response is down 3 db 
±V 2 db at 30 mc, 6 db at approximately 41 mc, 12 db 
at approximately 55 mc.) 

The Type 541 vertical deflection system is designed to 
be used with any of the Type 53/54 Plug-In Preampli- 
fiers. In order to operate the Type 541, one of the pre- 
amplifiers must be plugged in. 

Type 541 vertical response with the following plug-in 
units: 

Type 53/54A — dc to 20 mc, 0.018-|U,sec risetime. 

Type 53/54B — dc to 20 mc, 0.018-^sec risetime 
at 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. . .5 cycles to 12 mc, 
0.03-ju.sec risetime at 5 mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

Type 53/54C ■ — dc to 24 mc, 0.01 5-fisec risetime. 

Type 53/54D — dc to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, increas- 
ing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

Type 53/54E — 0.06 cycles to 60 kc. 



3/5B 




23 



TYPE 541 OSCILLOSCOPE 



Type 53/54G — dc to 20 mc, 0.018-fisec risetime. 

Type 53/54H — dc to 15 mc, 0.023 jxsec. 

Type 53/54K — dc to 30 mc, 0.012-/Asec risetime. 

Type 53/54L — dc to 30 mc, 0.012-/i.sec risetime 
at 0.05 to 40 v/cm. . .3 cycles to 24 mc, 0.015- 
jusec risetime at 0.005 to 4 v/cm. 

Probes — Two P410 low-capacitance probes are sup- 
plied with the instrument. Input capacitance of the Type 
541 -Type 53/54K combination with the P410 probe is 
8 fxfxi, maximum deflection factor is 0.5 v/cm. Excellent 
transient response is retained, as the P410 introduces no 
overshoot or ringing, but frequency response is down an 
additional 1 db at 30 mc. Accessory probes are avail- 
able with input capacitances of 12 fi/xi at 5x, 5.5 /x/xi at 
20x, and 2.5 ju/xf at 50x attenuation. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 
0.2 fisec is introduced by the balanced (push-pull) de- 
lay network. Permits observation of the leading edge of 
the waveform that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input to CRT — An aperture in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the deflection plates. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The horizontal deflection system of the Type 541 is 
essentially the same as that of the Tektronix Type 531. 
Sweep generator used in the Type 541 is the Miller runup 
type. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry assures ex- 
cellent linearity. Characteristics of this circuitry provide 
a sweep range of 0.02 /j.sec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The Type 541 has twenty- 
four calibrated sweep rates. The main sweep control has 
8 positions — 0.1, 1, 10, 1 00 fisec/cm . . . 1 , 10, 100 
msec/cm. . .1 sec/cm. Multiplier positions of 1, 2, and 5 
for each main-sweep step provide a total of 24 calibrated 
sweep rates. The remaining three positions on the multi- 
plier switch are 1 to 2.5, 2 to 5, and 5 to 12 variable 
positions, making the sweep time continuously variable 
from 0.1 /^sec/cm to 12 sec/cm. Calibration accuracy of 
the fixed sweep rates will typically be within 1 % of full 
scale, and in all cases within 3%. The 5x magnifier ap- 
plied to the 0.1 jtisec/cm sweep extends the calibrated 
range to 0.02 ju.sec/cm. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is obtain- 
ed by increasing the gain of the sweep output amplifier 
by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of the trace is ex- 
panded to the left and right of center to fill the screen. 
Any one-fifth of the magnified sweep can be displayed 
on the screen by rotating the HORIZONTAL POSITION 
control. Accurate 5x magnification is obtained on all 
ranges. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the cathode-ray tube. 



24 



assuring uniform bias for all sweep speeds and repetition 
rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls for triggering the sweep at a 
selected amplitude level on the triggering waveform. Trig- 
ger source can be internal, external, or the line frequency, 
either ac or dc-coupled. The triggering point can be on 
either the positive or negative slope of the triggering 
waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stability 
control is preset to the optimum triggering point and re- 
quires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking trig- 
ger circuit provides dependable triggering for most appli- 
cations. One simple setting assures positive sweep-trig- 
gering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, shapes, 
and repitition rates. No trigger controls need be touched 
until a different type of operation is desired. Range of 
automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 2 mega- 
cycles, approximately. In the absence of an input signal 
the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 50-cycle 
rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

High Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm de- 
flection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause a 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 1 00 v. 

Single Sweep Recording 



o 




20 megacycle damped oscillation shows 250-cm//tsec writing rate 
of the Type 541 Oscilloscope with a 5BHP1 1 crt. Recorded on 
35 mm Tri-X film at fl.9 with 4.2 to 1 reduction, developed 26 
minutes in D-19 at 68°F. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step attenuator 
and variable attenuator makes the horizontal deflection 



c 



D 

ci 




3/5Q 



i 
I 



TYPE 541 OSCILLOSCOPE 




to 



factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to approxi- 
mately 1 5 v/cm. Passband is dc to 240 kc. Input imped- 
ance is approximately 40 fx/ii paralleled by 1 megohm. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 10-kv accelerating potential 
assures bright displays when using fast sweeps at low 
repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. The 
Type 541 uses the Tektronix Type 5BHP cathode-ray tube. 
The 5BHP is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision tube 
with helical post-accelerating anode. It provides a linear 
4 cm x 1 cm viewing area. For best results over the wide 
sweep range of the Type 541, a P2 screen is normally 
furnished with the instrument. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 1 25 v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 



nector. Eighteen fixed voltages — 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 
100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is with- 
in 3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate voltage of 
the same duration as the sweep, and a 1 50-v sweep saw- 
tooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. The vertical signal is brought 
out to a front-panel terminal for external applications. 

Beam Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show the direction of the crt electron beam when 
the spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making measure- 
ments in time and amplitude. Illumination of the grati- 
cule is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical beam-position indicators and 

input amplifiers 2 6AW8 

Driver and internal trigger CF 6BQ7A 

Driver and vertical signal out CF 6BQ7A 

Internal trigger amplifiers 2 6CB6 

Distributed output amplifiers 12 6CB6 

Calibrator multivibrator 6U8 

Cal output and horizontal position CF . . . . 6BQ7A 




3/5 B 




25 



TYPE 541 OSCILLOSCOPE 



Trigger amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Positive multivibrator and multi CF 6BQ7A 

Negative multivibrator 1 2BY7 

Unblanking and holdoff CF 6BQ7A 

Stability and holdoff CF 6BQ7A 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6BQ7A 

Dual-trace sync amplifier 6AU6 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep generator CF 6BQ7A 

External horizontal and dc level CF 1 2AU7 

External horizontal amplifier 6BQ7A 

Horizontal driver CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal amplifier and output CF 2 6BQ7A 

Sweep start compensator 6CL6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparator amplifiers 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 12B4 

Series regulators 2 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 5BHP2 



Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Low Capacitance Accessory Probes — for use with 
wide-band Plug-In Units. These probes preserve the ex- 
cellent transient response, introducing no overshoot or 
ringing, but cause an additional frequency-response loss 
of approximately 1 db at 30 mc. 



o 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, 16y 4 " high. 

Weight — 61 Vi pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v 50-60 
cycles, 520 watts with Type 53/54C Unit plugged in. 

Type 541, without plug-in units $1145 

Includes: 2 — P410 probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Special Models 

Type 541-S7, has sweep lockout feature for single- 
sweep operation $11 70 





Attenuation 


INPUT IMPEDANCE 




Resistance 


Capacitance 


Probe 


Ratio 


(Megohms) 


Minimum* Maximumf 


Price 


P405 


5:1 


5 


12 fi/xf 


19 fi/if 


$10.50 


P410 


10:1 


10 


8 fifif 


1 1 fifif 


10.50 


P420 


20:1 


10 


5.5 fifif 


7 fifxf 


10.50 


P450-L 


50:1 


10 


2.5 fiui 




12.50 


P4100 


100:1 


10 


2.5 nfii 


2.5 fi/if 


12.50 



"When connected to instruments with 20-fifif input capacitance. 
fWhen connected to instruments with input capacitances up to 50 fiftl. 



P510A Probe — This probe should be used in place of 
the low-capacitance probes when the more-sensitive 
plug-in units — Type 53/54B and Type 53/54D — are 
used with the Type 541. Please see the Catalog Acces- 
sory Section for complete specifications. 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please 
see the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 



c 



26 




3/5 B 



TYPE 540-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 





!• 



P 



TYPE 543 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 






Versatility 

Nine Available Plug-In Preamplifiers — Wide Band, 
Dual Trace, Low Level, Differential, and others for 
specialized applications. 

High Performance 

DC-to-30MC Vertical Response with Fast-Rise Plug- 
In Preamplifiers. 

Easy Operation 

24 Calibrated Direct-Reading Sweep Rates 

Sweep Magnification — 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and TOO 
Times 

Preset Triggering — Eliminates triggering adjustments 
in most applications. 

Single Sweep Operation — Lockout- Reset Circuitry for 
one-shot recording. 



High Writing Rate — 250 cm/jusec. 10-kv accelerat- 
ing potential assures bright trace for operation in 
single-sweep applications, and with low sweep repe- 
tition rates. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 543 is a fast-rise laboratory oscilloscope 
with new versatility and convenience features. Its appli- 
cations capabilities extend over the complete range pro- 
vided by the nine available Type 53/54 Plug-In Pream- 
plifiers and additional special-purpose Plug-In Units. 
Simplified controls make it easy to operate, and the 
wide range of sweep magnification and single-sweep 
lockout feature add to both versatility and operating 
convenience. 

With the exception of the vertical amplifier and cath- 
ode-ray tube, the Type 543 is almost identical to the 
Tektronix Type 533. 



I 



4/SS 




26A 



TYPE 543 OSCILLOSCOPE 



a 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The Type 543 out- 
put amplifier has a risetime of 10 millimicroseconds, and 
is factory adjusted for optimum transient response. In 
order to operate the Type 543, one of the Type 53/54 
Units must be plugged in. 

Type 543 vertical passband and risetime with Type 

53/54 Plug-In Preamplifiers: 
Type 53/54A — DC to 20 mc, 0.018 ^sec. 
Type 53/54B — DC to 20 mc, 0.018 ,usec at 0.05 to 

50 v/cm 2 cycles to 1 2 mc, 0.03 ^sec at 

5 mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 
Type 53/54C — DC to 24 mc, 0.015 ^sec. 
Type 53/54D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, increas- 
ing to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 
Type 53/54E — 0.06 cycles to 30 kc at 50 /xv/cm, 

increasing to 60 kc at 0.5 mv/cm. 
Type 53/54G — DC to 20 mc, 0.018 /xsec. 
Type 53/54H — DC to 15 mc, 0.023 /xsec. 
Type 53/54K — DC to 30 mc, 0.01 2 ^sec. 
Type 53/54L — DC to 30 mc, 0.012 M sec at 0.05 to 

40 v/cm, 3 cycles to 24 mc, 0.015/xsec at 5 

mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

Probes — Two P410 low-capacitance attenuator 
probes are supplied with the Type 543. P410 probes 
introduce no overshoot or ringing, but frequency re- 
sponse is down an additional 1 db at 30 mc. 

Balanced Delay Network — Ample signal delay is 
provided by a balanced (push-pull) delay network to 
permit observation of the leading edge of the wave- 
form that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input To CRT — An aperature in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the cathode-ray 
tube deflection plates. 



HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

A miller runup type sweep generator is used in the 
Type 543. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry as- 
sures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this circuitry 
make possible the wide range of 0.02 ^sec/cm to 15 
sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-four direct-read- 
ing calibrated sweep rates are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50/isec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 sec/cm. In addi- 
tion, a vernier ( uncalibrated) control provides for con- 
tinuous adjustment from 0.1 /^sec/cm to 15 sec/cm. An 
indicator light warns the operator when the sweep is 
uncalibrated. Calibration accuracy of the fixed sweep 
rates will typically be within 1 % of full scale, and in 
all cases within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — Six degrees of sweep magnifi- 
cation are provided: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 times. 
Any ten centimeters of a magnified sweep can be dis- 



played. When the magnified sweep does not exceed 
the maximum calibrated rate of 0.02 ^sec/cm, accuracy 
is within 5% of the displayed portion. An indicator 
light warns the operator when the maximum calibrated 
rate is being exceeded. 

Single-Sweep Operation — Lockout-reset circuitry 
provides for one-shot recording. After a single sweep 
is triggered, the sweep circuit is automatically locked 
out until manually reset. When reset, the sweep will 
fire on the next trigger received, then automatically 
lock out until the operator presses the reset button. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — DC coupling is provided 
for the unblanking waveform, assuring uniform bias on 
the cathode-ray tube for all sweep times and repetition 
rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls for triggering the sweep at 
a selected amplitude level on the triggering waveform. 
Triggering source can be internal, external, or the line 
frequency, either ac or dc-coupled. The triggering point 
can be on either the rising or falling slope of the trig- 
gering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger control need 
be touched until a different type of operation is de- 
sired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 cy- 
cles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display 
of sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 megacy- 
cles. Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 
cm of deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a 
signal large enough to cause 2-mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 50 v. 

Horizontal Input — An external signal can be ap- 
plied to the horizontal deflection plates through the dc- 
coupled horizontal amplifier via a front-panel connec- 
tor. Three calibrated sensitivity steps are provided: 0.1, 
1, and 10 v/cm. A variable control provides for con- 
tinuous adjustment from 0.1 to approximately 100 v/cm. 
Horizontal amplifier passband is dc to 500 kc. Input 
impedance is approximately 45 fifxi paralleled by 1 
megohm. 



o 



c 



I 



26B 




4/5B 



I 



TYPE 543 OSCILLOSCOPE 





r 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Accelerating Potential — 10-kv accelerating poten- 
tial assures bright display when using fast sweeps at 
low repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. 
A Tektronix manufactured cathode-ray tube is used in 
the Type 543. It is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision 
tube with helical post-accelerating anode that provides 
a 4-cm x 10-cm viewing area. For best results over the 
wide sweep range of the Type 543, a P2 phosphor is 
normally furnished with the instrument. 

Dual-Trace Blanking — When the Type 53/54C 
Dual-Trace Plug-In Unit is used in its chopped mode the 
switching transients are blanked. Chopping lines be- 
tween traces are eliminated. (Type 53/54C Units under 
serial number 14078 will require a minor modification. J 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125v, and for current-demand differences among 
the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel connector. 
Eighteen fixed steps— 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 



volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 
3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate of the 
same duration as the sweep and a 1 50-v sweep-saw- 
tooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. The vertical signal is 
brought out to a front-panel terminal for external appli- 
cations. 

Access to Interior — Three-piece cabinet design pro- 
vides easy access to the interior of the instrument. Cab- 
inet sides are held in place by two quick-opening fast- 
eners, and can be removed in a matter of seconds. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — A molded ny- 
lon handle on the crt socket facilitates alignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

Beam-Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making time and 
amplitude measurements. Illumination is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. 



I 



4/58 




26C 



TYPE 543 OSCILLOSCOPE 






ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 1 2BY7A 

Beam-position amplifiers 1 2AU7 

Driver cathode followers 2 6BQ7A 

Output amplifiers 12 6DK6 

Trigger amplifiers 2 6DK6 

Trigger CF and vertical signal out 6BQ7A 

Sweep generator 1 2AU6 

Sweep generator CF 6BQ7A 

Disconnect diode 6AL5 

Unblank and holdoff CF 6BQ7A 

Trigger inverter 6BQ7A 

Horizontal input CF 12AU6 

Driver amplifiers 2 6DK6 

Output amplifier and CF 2 6BA8 

Capacitance driver 6DK6 

Positive multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Negative multivibrator 12BY7A 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6BQ7A 

External horizontal amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Cal multivibrator 6U8 

Cal output CF 6BQ7A 

Dual-trace blanking and trigger amplifier 6U8 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Comparator amplifiers . . 2 12AX7 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Cathode-ray tube T65P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is maintain- 
ed by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finish- 
ed cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 

Weight — 61 V2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 530 watts with Type 53/54C Unit plugged in. 



Type 543, without plug-in units $1200 

Includes: 2 — P410 probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — Green filter (378-514} 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI, P7, Pll optional No extra charge 

Several other phosphors can be furnished on special 
order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Low Capacitance Accessory Probes — for use with wide- 
band Plug-In Units. These probes preserve the excellent 
transient response, introducing no overshoot or ringing, 
but cause an additional frequency-response loss of ap- 
proximately 1 db at 30 mc. 





Attenuation 


INPUT IMPEDANCE 




(Megohms) 


Capacitance 


Probe 


Ratio 


Resistance 


Minimum* Maximum! 


Price 


P405 


5:1 


5 


1 2 fi/ii 


19/i/if 


$10.50 


P410 


10:1 


10 


8 fifii 


11 flfit 


10.50 


P420 


20:1 


10 


5,5 /.i/if 


7 fi/if 


10.50 


P450-L 


50:1 


10 


2.5 fifii 




12.50 


P4100 


100:1 


10 


2.5 ppf 


2.5 fifit 


12.50 



*When connected to instruments with 20-fifti input capacitance. 
fWhen connected to instruments with input capacitance up to 50 fifif. 

P510A Probe — This probe should be used in place of 
the low-capacitance probes when the more-sensitive 
plug-in units — Type 53/54B and Type 53/54D — are 
used with the Type 543. Please see the Catalog Acces- 
sory Section for complete specifications. 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please 
see the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 

o' 
I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

cl 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

i 



26D 




4/5B 



I 



TYPE 540-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 




I* 



r 



TYPE 545 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 
with Flexible Sweep Delay 



Wide-Range Sweep Delay 

1 ^usec to 0.1 sec calibrated, continu- 
ously variable. 

Two Operating Modes 

Conventional Operation — Inherent 
time-jitter less than 1 part in 
20,000. 

Triggered Operation — Jitter-free at 
any magnification, even in the 
presence of actual signal jitter. 

Accurate Calibration 

Range accuracy within 1 %, incre- 
mental accuracy within 0.2% of 
full scale. 



Trigger Rate Source 

10 cycles to 40 kc, continuously vari- 
able. 



All other major specifications same 
as Type 54 1 . 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

Main-unit vertical-amplifier risetime is 10 millimicro- 
seconds, sweep range is 0.02 ju.sec/cm to 1 2 sec/cm, ac- 
celerating potential is 10 kv. Please refer to Type 541 
section for detailed oscilloscope specifications. 



APPLICATIONS 

Here are some of the things you can do with the help 
of sweep delay, using a Type 545 Oscilloscope and an 
appropriate Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplifier: 

1. Make accurate incremental measurements along a 
complex waveform. 

2. Make accurate phase-angle measurements between 
two signals up to 1 mc. 

3. Display separate channels of a PTM system, deter- 
mining pulse amplitude and shape under conditions 
of modulation. 

4. Measure pulse-to-pulse interval and amount of jit- 
ter on computer signals or any train of pulse signals. 

5. Produce a single horizontal sweep upon operating 



a push-button. This prevents the blurring of a photo- 
graph that might be caused by succeeding traces. 
This operation is useful in: 

a. Photographing recurrent phenomena when suc- 
ceeding waves are similar but not necessarily 
identical — for example, in certain biological 
work or radiation studies. 

b. Photographing the result of an action initiated 
by operating the push-button that also starts 
a single sweep. 

6. Produce a single horizontal sweep started by a trig- 
gering signal arriving after you have armed the hori- 
zontal sweep by means of a push-button. This pre- 
vents blurring of a photograph that might be caused 
by succeeding traces. This operation is useful in such 
applications as impact and explosion research. 

7. Make accurate time-difference measurements be- 
tween pulse-in and pulse-out through an amplifying 
system. 

8. Display any selected individual line of a composite 
television signal. 

9. Measure time displacement, wave shape, and ampli- 
tude of individual channels in a telemetering system. 



I 



5/5B 




27 



TYPE 545 OSCILLOSCOPE 



10. Get calibrated sweep magnification up to a practical 
limit of about 10,000 x. 

11. Trigger external equipment at a controllable time 
after the start of a sweep. 

12. Use the delay generator as a rate generator to trig- 
ger the sweep or control the repetition rate of ex- 
ternal equipment. 

DELAYED SWEEP 

The sweep-delaying system of the Type 545 is essen- 
tially the same as that of the Tektronix Type 535. Two 
modes of operation permit use as a conventional delay- 
ed sweep, or as a triggered delayed sweep. In conven- 
tional operation, the sweep starts immediately after the 
period of delay. In triggered operation, the sweep does 
not start until it receives the first trigger after the period 
of delay. Time-jitter is less than 1 part in 20,000 when 
the delayed sweep is operated in the conventional man- 
ner. In triggered operation, the delayed sweep is start- 
ed by the signal under observation, resulting in a steady 
display even in the presence of jitter in the incoming 
signal. 



Sweep delay is accomplished in the Type 545 by use 
of a second sweep called the DELAYING SWEEP. A posi- 
tion on the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch provides for 
displaying the delaying sweep on the crt screen. When 
viewing the delaying sweep, the main sweep appears 
upon it as a section of increased brightness, and may be 
ranged in or out to position its start at the desired point. 
If the main sweep is adjusted to free-run, it will start 
exactly at this point. If it is adjusted for triggered opera- 
tion, it will not start until the first trigger after the period 
of delay. A turn of the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch 
returns the main sweep to the screen, delayed by the 
selected amount. 

Calibration — A calibrated step control and a ten- 
turn precision control cover the sweep delay continuously 
from 1 microsecond to 0.1 second. Twelve steps — 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 ^sec/cm, 1, 2, 5, and 10 
msec/cm — are accurate within 1 %. Incremental accura- 
cy of the precision variable control is within 0.2%. De- 
lay time can be read either from the screen in time per 
centimeter, or from the calibrated controls in total delay 
time. For extreme accuracy, any of the twelve steps can 
be adjusted to the accuracy of an external standard. 




o 



c 




28 




5/5B 



TYPE 545 OSCILLOSCOPE 





Manual Reset — Single sweeps can be initiated by a 
front-panel button. When the RESET button is pressed, a 
single sweep results if the main sweep has been adjusted 
to free-run. When the main sweep is adjusted for trig- 
gered operation, pressing the RESET button arms the 
sweep to fire on the next trigger received. After firing 
once, the sweep is locked out and will not fire again un- 
til rearmed by pressing the RESET button. An electrical 
signal from a remote location can be used instead of the 
RESET button to arm the sweep for one-shot operation. A 
front-panel indicator lights when the main sweep is reset 
and ready to accept a trigger. For automatic reset opera- 
tion, the delaying sweep can be adjusted to rearm the 
main sweep to fire on the next trigger received. 

Trigger-Rate Source — Triggered sweep rates of 10 
cycles to 40 kc are obtained by adjusting the duration of 
the free-running delaying sweep, and using it to trigger 
the main sweep internally, or to trigger an external 
device. 

Delayecl-Trigger Source — The delayed trigger, am- 
plitude approximately 5 v, is derived from the main 
sweep or delaying sweep, depending upon the position 
of the HORIZONTAL DISPLAY switch. The delay is cali- 
brated and is adjustable over the duration of the sweep 
sawtooth. 

Other Available Waveforms — A positive gate 
from the delaying sweep at approximately 20-v ampli- 
tude is available at the front panel. The vertical signal 
is brought out from the main amplifier to a front-panel 
connector for use in triggering the delaying sweep or 
other external applications. Peak-to-peak level is about 
1 .5 v/cm of vertical deflection on the crt screen. 

For extra convenience, 6.3 v ac at 1 amp is available 
at another front-panel connector. 

Trigger Requirements — The delaying sweep re- 
quires a trigger from 0.1 v to lOOv fed into its TRIG- 
GER terminal. A switch permits selection of lx or lOx 
attenuation and another switch provides for positive or 
negative trigger polarity. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — The horizontal ampli- 
fier is the same as that in the Type 541, with the input 
capacitance standardized at 47 /x/xf- 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

All other characteristics are identical to those of the 
Tektronix Type 541 Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope described 
in the preceding pages. 



ELECT RON- TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 1 2BY7A 

Driver amplifiers 2 6BQ7A 

Trigger pickoff amplifiers 2 6DK6 



Trigger CF and vert. sig. out CF 6BQ7A 

Indicator amplifiers 1 2AU7 

Output amplifiers 12 6DK6 

Calibrator multivibrator 6U8 

Cal output and horizontal position CF . . . . 6BQ7A 

Trigger amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Positive multivibrator and multi CF 6BQ7A 

Negative multivibrator 1 2BY7 

Holdoff CF 6U8 

Delayed trigger amplifier and CF 6U8 

Stability CF and ready indicator 6U8 

Sawtooth and gate CF 6BQ7A 

Dual-trace sync amplifier 6AU6 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep generator CF 6BQ7A 

Delaying sweep trigger CF 12AU7 

Trigger amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper and ext sweep CF 6U8 

Comparator 6BQ7A 

Multivibrator 6U8 

Multi and gate out CF 6BQ7A 

Disconnect diodes 1 2AL5 

Sweep generator 1 2AU6 

Sweep generator and holdoff CF 6BQ7A 

Delay pickoff 6U8 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Trigger CF and constant current 6U8 

Horizontal driver CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal amplifier and output CF 2 6BQ7A 

Sweep start compensator 6CL6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparator amplifiers 2 12AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Series regulators 2 6080 

Unblanking mixer 6BQ7A 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator 1 2AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 5BHP2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is main- 
tained by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions — 24" long, 13" wide, \6*U" high. 

Weight — 65 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05- 1 25 v or 2 1 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 560 watts with Type 53/54C Unit plugged in. 



5/5Q 




29 



TYPE 545 OSCILLOSCOPE 



Type 545, without plug-in units $1450 



Includes: 2 — P410 probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead {01 2-031) 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Special Models 



Type 54 5-ST, sweep delay 1 ^sec to 1 sec. . .$1475 
Type 545-S2, sweep delay 100 jusec to 10 sec. .$1475 
Type 54 5-S6, sweep delay 1.5ju.sec to 10 sec. $1475 
Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI , P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Recommended Additional Accessories 

Low Capacitance Accessory Probes — for use with 
wide-band Plug-In Units. These probes preserve the ex- 
cellent transient response, introducing no overshoot or 
ringing, but cause an additional frequency-response loss 
of approximately 1 db at 30 mc. 



Probe 


Attenuation 
Ratio 


INPUT IMPEDANCE 


Price 


Resistance 
(Megohms) 


Capacitance 
Minimum* Maximum! 


P405 

P410 

P420 

P450-L 

P4100 


5:1 
10:1 
20:1 
50:1 

100:1 


5 
10 
10 
10 
10 


12 fifif 

8 fifif 

5.5 fifif 

2.5 fifif 

2.5 fifif 


19 fifif 

1 1 fifif 

7 fifif 

2.5 fifif 


$10.50 
10.50 
10.50 
12.50 
12.50 



*When connected to instruments with 20 -fifif input capacitance. 
fWhen connected to instruments with input capacitances up to 50 fifif. 

P510A Probe — This probe should be used in place of 
the low-capacitance probes when the more-sensitive 
plug-in units — Type 53/54B and Type 53/54D — are 
used with Type 545. Please see the Catalog Accessory 
Section for complete specifications. 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please 
see the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



O 



c 



30 




5/5B 



TYPE 550 SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 





TYPE 551 DUAL-BEAM OSCILLOSCOPE 



for Fast-Rise 





to 



f 



Wide-Band Vertical Amplifiers 

Main-unit risetimes — 12 m/xsec- 

Fassbands and risetimes with Type 53/54K units — 
dc to 25 mc, 0.014 //.sec. 

Signal-Handling Versatility 

All Type 53/54 Plug-In Units can be used in both 
channels, 

0.2- sec Delay Networks 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.02 /Asec/cm to 1 2 sec/cm. 

Single Sweeps 

Lockout-reset circuitry. 

Complete Triggering 

Fully-automatic or amplitude-level selection with pre- 
set or manual stability control. 

10-kv Accelerating Potential 

Brighter display for fast sweeps and low repetition 
rates 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 551 uses a new Tektronix two-gun cathode- 
ray tube with two pairs of vertical-deflection plates. A 
single pair of horizontal-deflection plates is common to 
both electron beams. The two wide-band main amplifiers 
of the Type 551 are designed for Type 53/54 Plug-In 
Preamplifiers, providing a high degree of signal-handling 
versatility in both channels. Both electron beams are 
simultaneously deflected horizontally at any one of many 
sweep rates provided by an accurately-calibrated time- 
base generator. 

The Type 551 can be used as a single-beam oscillo- 
scope as well as a dual-beam instrument. In addition, a 
three-channel or four-channel display is available 
through use of the time-sharing characterics of Type 
53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In Units in one or both ampli- 
fiers. Other available Type 53/54 Plug-In Units extend 
the working range of the Type 551 into applications 
requiring high dc-coupled sensitivity, differential input, 
and narrow-band microvolt sensitivity. 









E 



Type 551 — as pictured above but without plug-in 
units — Indicator Unit, Power Supply Unit, Scope- 
Mobile $1833 

Type 551 — Indicator Unit and Power Supply Unit only, 
without plug-in units $1725 



I 



5/SB 




31 



TYPE 551 OSCILLOSCOPE 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

Two DC-Coupled Main Amplifiers — Risetime of 
both main amplifiers is 12 millimicroseconds. A Type 
53/54 Preamplifier must be plugged into both chan- 
nels for instrument operation. 

Type 53/54K Plug-In Preamplifiers provide nine cali- 
brated deflection factors from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm at 
dc-to-25 mc passbands, 0.014-/;sec risetimes. A wide 
variety of vertical-deflection characteristics is available 
through use of another of the eight Type 53/54 Plug-In 
Preamplifiers in one or both vertical channels. 

Type 551 vertical-response characteristics for both 
channels with Type 53/54 Plug-In Units are 

Type 53/54A — dc to 18 mc, 0.02-jusec risetime. 

Type 53/54B — dc to 18 mc, 0.02-/xsec risetime at 
0.05 to 50 v/cm .... 2 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035- 
ju,sec risetime at 5 mv/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 

Type 53/54C — dc to 22 mc, 0.016-jitsec risetime. 

Type 53/54D — dc to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, increasing 
to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm. 

Type 53/54E — 0.06 cycles to 60 kc. 

Type 53/54G — dc to 18 mc, 0.02-jusec risetime. 

Type 53/54H — dc to 14 mc, 0.025 /xsec. 

Type 53/54K — dc to 25 mc, 0.014-^sec risetime. 

Type 53/54L — dc to 25 mc, 0.014-^sec risetime at 

0.05 to 50 v/cm 3 cycles to 15 mc, 0.023- 

jusec risetime at 5 mv/cm to 4 v/cm. 

Probes — Four P410 low-capacitance probes (lOx 
atten.) are supplied with the instrument. Input capaci- 
tance of the Type 551 -Type 53/54K combination with 
the P410 probe is 8 /A/xf. Excellent transient response is 
retained, as the P410 introduces no overshoot or ring- 
ing, but frequency response is down an additional 1 db 
at 30 mc. Accessory probes are available with input 
capacitances of 1 2 /xjaf at 5x, 5.5 /x/xf at 20x, and 2.5 
/A/rf at 50x attenuation. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.2 
jusec is introduced into each channel by the balanced 
(push-pull) delay networks. Permits observation of the 
leading edge of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 

Direct Input to CRT — An aperture in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the deflection 
plates. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Both electron beams of the Type 551 are simultane- 
ously deflected by the same sweep sawtooth voltage. 
Sweep generator used in the Type 551 is the Miller 
runup type. Inverse feedback in the timing circuitry 
assures excellent linearity. Characteristics of this cir- 
cuitry provide an extremely wide sweep range of 0.02 
ju,sec/cm to 1 2 sec/cm. 



Calibrated Sweep Rates — The Type 551 has sin- 
gle-knob selection of 24 calibrated sweep rates: 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 /xsec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 
2, and 5 sec/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) 
control provides for continuous adjustment of the sweep 
rate from 0.1 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. Calibration ac- 
curacy of the fixed sweep rates will typically be within 
1% of full scale, and in all cases within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is ob- 
tained by increasing the gain of the sweep output 
amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of the 
display is expanded to the left and right of center to 
fill the screen. Any one-fifth of the magnified sweep 
can be displayed on the screen by rotating the HORI- 
ZONTAL POSITION control. Accuracy is within 5% of 
the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. 

Single Sweep — The Type 551 has a single-sweep 
mode of operation. A front-panel RESET pushbutton 
arms the sweep to fire on the next received trigger. 
After firing once, the sweep is locked out until rearmed 
by pressing the RESET pushbutton. The READY light 
indicates when the sweep is armed to fire on the next 
received trigger. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is coupled to the grid of the cathode-ray tube, 
assuring uniform bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 



o 




SINGLE-BEAM OPERATION 




c 



DUAL-BEAM OPERATION 



*i 



32 




5/se 



I 



TYPE 551 OSCILLOSCOPE 




to 



r 



fiiSsiiMsmi 





DUAL-BEAM OPERATION WITH 
DUAL-TRACE PLUG-IN UNITS 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully-automatic triggering. The sweep can 
be triggered internally from either channel. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable ampli- 
tude-level and stability controls for triggering the sweep 
at a selected amplitude level on the triggering wave- 
form. Trigger source can be internal, external, or the 
line frequency, either ac or dc coupled. The triggering 
point can be on either the positive or negative slope 
of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the 
stability control is preset to the optimim triggering 
point and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive 
sweep-triggering by signals of widely differing ampli- 
tudes, shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls 
need be touched until a different type of operation is 
desired. Range of automatic operation is between 60 
cycles and 2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence 
of an input signal the sweep is automatically triggered 
at about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace 
on the screen. 

High Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display 
of sine-wave signals up to approximately 30 mega- 
cycles. Requires a signal large enough to cause about 
2 cm of deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a 
signal large enough to cause a 2-mm deflection. Ex- 
ternal triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 100 v. 

Horizontal Input Ampifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep-output amplifier is through a 
front-panel connector. Combination of a step attenu- 
ator and variable attenuator makes the horizontal de- 



flection factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 
approximately 15 v/cm. Passband is dc to 240 kc. 
Input impedance is approximately 40 /x/xf paralleled 
by 1 megohm. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 10-kv accelerating potential 
assures bright displays when using fast sweeps at low 
repetition rates, and in single-sweep applications. The 
Type 551 uses the Tektronix Type T57P cathode-ray 
tube. The T57P is a 5" flat-faced metallized precision 
dual-beam tube with helical post-accelerating anode. 
It provides a linear 4 cm x 1 cm viewing area, each 
beam, with at least 2 cm overlap. For best results over 
the wide sweep range of the Type 551, a P2 screen is 
normally furnished with the instrument. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove if 
completely. 

Separate Power Supply — A separate unit supplies 
power to the Type 551 indicator unit through an inter- 
connecting cable. Electronic regulation compensates 
for line-voltage variations, and for current-demand 
differences among the plug-in preamplifiers. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial 
connector. Eighteen fixed voltages — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 
5, 10, 20, 50, 100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50, and 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy 
is within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — A 20-v positive gate voltage 
of the same duration as the sweep, and a 150-v sweep 
sawtooth waveform are available at front-panel binding 
posts via cathode followers. 

Beam Position Indicators — Indicator lights show 
the direction of each electron beam when it is not on 
the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares with two-millimeter 
baseline divisions for convenience in making measure- 
ments in time and amplitude. Illumination of the grati- 
cule is controlled by a front-panel knob. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 4 

Driver amplifiers 4 

Trigger pickoff amplifiers 4 

Trigger CF 

Indicator amplifiers 2 



12BY7A 

6BQ7A 

6DK6 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 



I 



5/5B 




33 



TYPE 551 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 



Output amplifiers 24 6DK6 

Trigger amplifier 6BQ7A 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Multivibrator & CF 6BQ7A 

Multivibrator 1 2BY7A 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator 6CL6 

Sweep cathode follower 6BQ7A 

Holdoff driver and unblanking CF 6BQ7A 

Holdoff CF and multivibrator 6BQ7A 

Lockout multivibrator 6AU6 

Gate and sawtooth out CF 6BQ7A 

External horizontal amplifier 6BQ7A 

Horizontal input CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal amplifiers 6BQ7A 

Horizontal amplifier CF 6BQ7A 

Current booster 6CL6 

Horizontal position CF and cal. CF 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator 6U8 

High voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator amplifier 1 2AU7 

High voltage rectifiers 5 5642 

Series regulators 5 6080 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Voltage reference 5651 

Cathode-ray tube T57P2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation main- 
tains safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinets. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panels, wrinkle-fin- 
ished cabinets. 

Dimensions — Indicator Unit, 24" long, 13" wide, 
16 3 / 4 " high. Power Unit, 17 T / 2 " long, 13" wide, 10" 
high. 

Weight — Indicator Unit, 52 lbs. Power Unit, 46 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v 50- 
60 cycles, 900 watts maximum. 



Type 551, without plug-in units $1725 

Includes: 4 — P410 probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 



Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished, 

PI, P7, Pll optional No extra charge 

Other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

P510A Probe — This probe should be used in place of 
the low-capacitance probes when the more-sensitive 
plug-in units — Type 53/54B and Type 53/54D — are 
used with the Type 551. Please see the Catalog Acces- 
sory Section for complete specifications. 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please 
see the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 

Low Capacitance Accessory Probes — for use with 
wide-band Plug-In Units. These probes preserve the 
excellent transient response, introducing no overshoot 
or ringing, but cause an additional frequency-response 
loss of approximately 1 db at 30 mc. 

Type 500/53A Scope-Mobile — A sturdy, mobile sup- 
port for both Indicator Unit and Power Unit. Two sup- 
porting cradles in the front panel accomodate Type 
53/54 Plug-In Units. Complete description in Catalog 
Accessory Section $108.00 






Attenuation 


INPUT IMPEDANCE 




Resistance 


Capacitance 


Probe 


Ratio 


(Megohms) 


Minimum* Maximum t 


Price 


P405 


5:1 


5 


12 fifif 


19 fifif 


$10.50 


P410 


10:1 


10 


8 /i/xf 


11 fifif 


10.50 


P420 


20:1 


10 


5.5 fifif 


7 fifif 


10.50 


P450-L 


50:1 


10 


2.5 fifif 




12.50 


P4100 


100:1 


10 


2.5 nfti 


2.5 fifif 


12.50 



♦When connected 
fWhen connected 
50 fifif. 



to instruments with 20-fifit input capacitance, 
to instruments with input capacitances up to 



c 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



34 




5/5B 



1 



I 




I* 



f 



I 



TYPE 530-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 



TYPC J36 "X-Y" OSCILLOSCOPE 



Identical Deflection Characteristics 

Vertical and horizontal risetimes — 

0.03 /.isec. 
Uniform phase-shift characteristics. 



Curve Tracing 

The Type 536 is useful for curve trac- 
ing with two related varying volt- 
ages over a wide frequency range. 



Wide Application Range 

All Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplifiers 
can be used with both deflection 
systems. 



General-Purpose Utility 

Plug-In Time-Base Generator is avail- 
able for horizontal deflection in 
usual oscilloscope applications. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 




The Type 536 is an unusually practical instrument, 
combining a wide-band "X-Y" oscilloscope with an 
excellent general-purpose laboratory oscilloscope. Two 
carefully-designed main amplifiers and a new Tektronix 
cathode-ray tube with equal X and Y deflection charac- 
teristics are the basic components. 

With two of the same Type 53/54 wide-band pream- 
plifiers plugged in, the horizontal and vertical deflection 
systems are almost identical. Relative phase shift is less 
than one degree to over 14 mc, and, by means of a front- 
panel control, phase balance can be obtained at any fre- 
quency to over 25 mc. 

With the new Time-Base Plug-In Unit, Type 53/54T, 
plugged into the horizontal amplifier, and a Type 53/54 
wide-band unit plugged into the vertical amplifier, the 
Type 536 functions as a general-purpose oscilloscope. 
It almost matches the performance characteristics of the 
Tektronix Type 531 in sweep range and triggering facili- 
ties, and has the same signal-handling versatility through 
currently-available Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplifiers. 

APPLICATIONS 

In curve-tracing applications the Type 536 extends the 
range of familiar techniques to today's higher-frequency 



2/5 B 



problems. Differential input, a feature that eliminates the 
need for a common XY terminal, is available in the wide- 
band Type 53/54G Plug-In Preamplifier. Since differ- 
ential input is needed for accuracy in many curve-tracing 
applications, a pair of Type 53/54G Units is recommend- 
ed for this work. 



Some applications for a wide-band "X-Y" oscilloscope 



are 




1 . Examination of semiconductor diode characteris- 
tics — volts vs. amperes plot. 

2. Determination of ferromagnetic material charac- 
teristics- 

3. Linear amplifier distortion measurement. 

4. Limiting or expanding-amplifier performance 
measurements. 

5. Displaying pressure vs. volume diagrams. 

6. Analyzing amplitude selector type circuits such as 
Schmitt, diode pick-off, etc. 

7. Checking regulated power supply performance. 

8. Measurement of voltage coefficient of resistors. 



35 



TYPE 536 OSCILLOSCOPE 




Ferrite bead characteristics at two different tem- 
peratures — left, at 25°C; right, at equilibrium 
temperature due to self heating. Type 536 with 
two Type 53/54G Units, driving frequency 1 mo 




o 




High-conduction diffused silicon diode character- 
istics — left, at 60 cycles; right, at 2 mc. Type 536 
with two Type 53/54G Units, horizontal calibra- 
tion 1 v/div; vertical calibration 100 ma/div; zero 
current and voltage at center of screen. 




c 



9. Performance tests of various modulation systems 
such as AM, suppressed carrier, FM, PTM, PAM, etc. 

1 0. Performance tests of demodulators for above mod- 
ulation systems. 

11. Determination of various gating circuits charac- 
teristics. 

12. Function generator — y = f(x). 

VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL 
DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

Identical Amplifiers — Both main amplifiers have ex- 
cellent transient response with risetimes of 0.03 /isec. A 
Type 53/54 Preamplifier must be plugged in to make the 
vertical-deflection system function. Either a Type 53/54 
Preamplifier or a Type 53/54T Time-Base Unit must be 
plugged in to make the horizontal-deflection system func- 
tion. 

Deflection characteristics with Type 53/54G Units 
plugged in are: 

Passbands — dc to 10 mc. 

Risetimes — 0.035 jusec. 

Deflection factors — 0.05 v/div maximum, 9 calibrated 



36 




steps from 0.05 v/div to 20 v/div; continuously-variable 
adjustment between steps. 

Relative phase shift — less than one degree to 15 mc, 
less than two degrees to 17 mc, less than five degrees to 
23 mc — provided amplifiers are not overdriven by the in- 
put signals. 

Amplifier phasing control — phase balance can be ob- 
tained at any frequency to over 25 mc provided ampli- 
fiers are not overdriven by the input signals. 

Deflection capability — five divisions of deflection can 
be obtained at 20 mc without overdriving the input am- 
plifiers. 

Type 536 passband and risetime with the following 
plug-in units: 

Type 53/54A — DC to 10 mc, 0.035 ^sec. 

Type 53/54B — DC to 10 mc, 0.035 jusec at 0.05 v/div 
to 50 v/div. ... 2 cycles to 9 mc, 0.04 jusec at 
0.005 v/div to 0.05 v/div. 

Type 53/54C — DC to 10 mc, 0.035 jusec. 

Type 53/54D — DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/div, increasing 

to 2 mc at 50 mv/div. 
Type 53/54E — 0.06 cycles to 60 kc. 
Type 53/54G — DC to 10 mc, 0.035 /tsec. 
Type 53/54H — DC to 9.5 mc, 0.037 ftsec. 
Type 53/54K — DC to 1 1 mc, 0.031 jusec. 



2/5B 



•t 



I 



TYPE 536 OSCILLOSCOPE 




I* 



f 



I 




Type 53/54L — DC to 11 mc, 0.031 /asec at 0.05 to 
40 v/div. ... 3 cycles to 1 mc, 0.035 /xsec at 0.005 
to 4 v/div. 

Please refer to specifications of individual plug-in units 
for sensitivity and other characteristics. Descriptions of the 
plug-in units can be found immediately following the 
plug-in oscilloscopes. 



HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Time-Base Presentation — For conventional oscillo- 
scope operation, the Type 53/54T Time-Base Generator 
must be plugged into the horizontal system. Specifica- 
tions of the Type 536 horizontal-deflection system with 
the Type 53/54T Unit are as follows: 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — Twenty-two sweep rates 
from 0.2 /j.sec/div to 2 sec/div. 

5x Sweep Magnifier — Increases calibrated sweep rate 
to 0.04 ^sec/div. 

Versatile Trigger Selection — Positive or negative slope, 
external or line voltage, ac or dc-coupling through 
triggering circuits. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — With preset or manual sta- 
bility control. 



2/5 B 




Automatic Triggering — Stable triggering regardless of 
shape, frequency, or amplitude or triggering wave- 
form. 

High-Frequency Sync — Synchronizes with sine-wave 
signals in frequency range of 5 mc to 1 5 mc. 

Please refer to specifications of the Type 53/54T Time- 
Base Generator for complete specifications. 

All characteristics of the horizontal deflection system 
are the same as those of the vertical deflection system 
when the same type of Plug-In Preamplifier is plugged in- 
to both systems. Descriptions of all Type 53/54 Plug-In 
Units can be found immediately following the plug-in os- 
cilloscope descriptions. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Phasing Adjustments — Provided the amplifiers are 
not overdriven by the input signals, relative phase shift 
with Type 53/54K Plug-In Preamplifiers is less than ] de- 
gree from dc to 15 mc. Phase-shift balance can be ob- 
tained at any frequency to 30 mc with a front-panel AM- 
PLIFIER PHASING control. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A Tektronix cathode-ray tube, 
T56P, is used in the Type 536. Deflection factor is ap- 
proximately the same for both horizontal and vertical de- 
flection plates. The T56P crt provides a 1 0-by-l division 



37 



TYPE 536 OSCILLOSCOPE 



OVa" x 3V8") viewing area. Accelerating potential is 
approximately 4 kv. For best results over the wide sweep 
range, a P2 phosphor is normally furnished with the in- 
strument. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 1 05 and 
1 25 v, and for current-demand differences among the 
plug-in units. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave voltage is 
available through a front-panel coaxial connector. Eight- 
een fixed voltage steps — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 volts 
peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 3%. 
Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Beam-Position Indicators — Two pairs of indicator 
lights show direction of the electron beam when the 
spot is not on the screen. 

Output Waveforms — The vertical and horizontal 
signals are brought out to front-panel terminals for exter- 
nal applications. 

Intensity Modulation — A front- panel switch selects 
the desired method of intensity modulation ... internal 
dc-coupled unblanking (for 53/54T unit) or external ac 
or dc-coupling to the crt grid. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule is 
marked in 10 by 10 divisions with one-fifth division base- 
line markings. Illumination can be adjusted by a front- 
panel control. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 1 2BY7 

Cathode followers . 2 6BQ7A 

Vertical output amplifiers 5894 

Beam position amplifier and vertical 

signal out CF 6BQ7A 

Horizontal input amplifier 2 1 2BY7 

Cathode followers 2 6BQ7A 

Horizontal output amplifiers 5894 

Beam position amplifier and horizontal 

signal out CF 6BQ7A 



Calibrator multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

Shunt regulator and dc comparator 1 2AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 3 5642 

Intensity modulation CF 6BQ7A 

Cathode-ray tube T56P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures a 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel and blue wrin- 
kle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 
Weight — 57 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 21 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 625 watts with two Type 53/54K Units plugged in. 

Type 536, without plug-in units $995 

Includes: 2 — P510A Probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — F5 10-5 green filter (378-503) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please see 
the Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 




c 



°i 



38 




2/5B 




to 




TYPE 530-SERIES OSCILLOSCOPES 



TYPE 532 CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE 



Designed for Extra Dependability 



Wide Sweep Range 

0.2 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier 

Passband with wide-band plug-in 

units — dc to 5 mc. 
Risetime with wide-band plug-in 

units — 0.07 /Asec, 



Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier 
8-cm Linear Vertical Deflection 

DC-Coupled Unblanking 

Vertical Beam-Position Indicators 

New Cabinet Design 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 532 is designed for users who do 
not need the high-speed sweeps, high writing rate, and 
wide passband of the Type 531. Simplified circuitry 
eases vacuum-tube loading, lower accelerating poten- 
tial reduces possibility of screen damage at very-slow 
sweep speeds and makes possible greater linear verti- 
cal deflection. The Type 532 has all the precision and 
stability you expect in Tektronix oscilloscopes. Signal- 
handling versatility of the Type 53 and Type 53/54 
Plug-In Units is available in the Type 532, within the 
dc-to-5 mc passband of its main vertical amplifier. It is 
an instrument that will give lasting satisfaction in the 
many laboratory applications within its capabilities. 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Output Amplifier — The vertical am- 
plifier of the Type 532 is designed to be used with any 
one of the Type 53 or Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplfiers. 
The passband of the Type 532 is less than 3 db down at 
5 mc, adjusted for optimum transient response with the 
wide-band preamplifier units plugged in. Frequency re- 
sponse of the wide-band units is limited to that of the 
main-unit vertical amplifier, but the overall response is 




not materially affected when plug-in units with pass- 
bands of 2 mc and lower are used. The main-unit deflec- 
tion factor is 0.1 v/cm with balanced input. 

In order to operate the Type 532, one of the pream- 
plifiers must be plugged in. 

Type 532 frequency response and risetime with the 
following plug-in units: 

Type 53/54A — dc to 5 mc, 0.07 /isec. 
Type 53/54B — dc to 5 mc, 0.07 ^sec. 
Type 53/54C — dc to 5 mc, 0.07 /xsec. 
Type 53/54D — dc to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm, increasing 

to 2 mc as sensitivity is decreased to 50 mv/cm. 
Type 53/54E — 0.06 cycles to 60 kc. 
Type 53/54H — dc to5 mc, 0.07 ^sec. 
Type 53/54K — dc to 5 mc, 0.07 /^sec. 
Type 53/54L — dc to 5 mc, 0.07 /xsec. 

Direct Input to CRT — An aperture in the side of 
the cabinet permits direct connection to the crt deflec- 
tion plates. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

The sweep generator in the Type 532 is a Miller run- 
up type. Excellent sweep linearity results from use of 



2/5 e 




39 



TYPE 532 OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 




inverse feedback in the timing circuits. Characteristics 
of the circuitry make possible the wide sweep range of 
0.2 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The Type 532 has twenty- 
one calibrated sweep rates. The main sweep control has 
seven positions; 1,10, 100 /.isec/cm,. . .1, 10, 100 mil li- 
sec/cm,, . . 1 sec/cm. Three multiplier switch positions of 
1, 2, and 5 for each of the main sweep steps provide a 
total of 21 calibrated sweep rates. The remaining three 
positions on the multiplier switch of 1 to 2.5, 2 to 5, and 
5 to 1 2 provide continuously variable sweep rates from 
1 /.(.sec/cm to 1 2 sec/cm. Calibration accuracy of the fixed 
sweep rates will typically be within 1 % of full scale, and 
in all cases within 3%. The 5x magnifier applied to the 
1 //.sec/cm sweep extends the calibrated sweep range to 
0.2 /.(.sec/cm. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is ob- 
tained by effectively increasing the gain of the sweep 
output amplifier by a factor of five. The center 2 cm of 
the trace is expanded to 10 cm. Any one-fifth of the 
magnified sweep can be displayed on the screen by 
means of the HORIZONTAL POSITION control. Accu- 
racy is within 3% except on the 1 /^sec/cm range, 
where accuracy is within 5%. 



40 




DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc coupled to the grid of the crt to assure uni- 
form unblanking bias for all sweep speeds and repeti- 
tion rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable ampli- 
tude-level and stability controls for triggering the 
sweep at a selected amplitude level on the triggering 
waveform. Trigger source can be external, internal, or 
the line frequency, either ac or dc-coupled. The trig- 
gering point can be on either the positive or negative 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the sta- 
bility control is preset to the optimum triggering point 
and requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need 



2/5 B 




c 




TYPE 532 OSCILLOSCOPE 




l> 




be touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an in- 
put signal the sweep is automatically triggered at 
about a 50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on 
the screen. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2 mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 100 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front- 
panel terminal. Combination of a step attenuator and 
variable amplifier-gain control makes the horizontal de- 
flecton factor continuously variable from 0.2 v/cm to 
approximately 1 5 v/cm. Passband is dc to 300 kc. Input 
impedance is approximately 40 /j/.tf paralleled by 1 meg- 
ohm. 

Delayed Gate — A delayed gate voltage of approxi- 
mately 20 v amplitude is available at the front panel. 
The amount of delay from the start of the sweep ts con- 
tinuously adjustable throughout the sweep duration. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 
Cathode-Ray Tube — 4-kv accelerating potential is 



applied to the Tektronix Type T52P cathode-ray tube. 
The T52P is a 5" flat-faced precision tube with a helical 
post-accelerating anode, providing 8 cm of linear verti- 
cal deflection. A P-2 phosphor, providing best results 
over the wide sweep range, is supplied unless another 
phosphor is requested. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel uhf connector. 
Eighteen fixed voltages, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 volts 
peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is within 3%. 
Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Output Waveforms — Front-panel connectors pro- 
vide a positive-gate voltage of the same duration at the 
sweep, the positive-going sweep sawtooth waveform, 
and a positive delayed gate. The vertical signal is brought 
out to a front-panel terminal for external applications. 




2/5 B 




41 



TYPE 532 OSCILLOSCOPE 



Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 1 25 v or 210 and 250 v, and for current-demand 
differences among the Plug-In Preamplifiers. 

Beam-Position Indicators — A pair of indicator 
lights shows the vertical direction of the electron beam 
when the spot is not on the screen. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeters with two-millimeter baseline 
divisions for convenience in making time and amplitude 
measurements. Illumination is controlled by a front-pane! 
control. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Cathode followers 6BQ7A 

Vertical output amplifiers 2 6CL6 

Beam position amplifier and 

internal trigger CF 6BQ7A 

Vertical signal out 6AU6 

Trigger amplifier 6U8 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Positive multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Negative multivibrator 6AU6 

Sweep generator 6AU6 

Sweep generator CF and hold-off CF 6BQ7A 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep hold-off CF and stability CF 6BQ7A 

Gate out CF and dual-trace trigger amplifier 6AN8 

Sawtooth out CF and delayed gate out CF. 12AU7 

Delayed gate pickoff 2 6AU6 

External sweep amplifier 6BQ7A 

Cathode follower and driver CF 6BQ7A 

Sweep output amplifier 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AU6 

Rectifiers 5 5V4 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 1 2B4 

Series regulators 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

Shunt regulator and dc comparator 12AU7 

High-voltge rectifiers 3 5642 

Cathode-ray tube T52P2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 
Weight — 52 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 475 watts with Type 53/54D unit plugged in. 



Type 532, without plug-in units. . $825 

Includes: 2 — P510A probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Special Models 

Type 532-S7, has sweep lockout feature for single- 
sweep operation $850 

Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 phosphor normally furnished. 

PI , P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

For special test accessories for this instrument, please see 
the Catalog Test Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 




c] 



°l 



42 




2/5B 



I 



I PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



<• 



i» 



I 



TYPE 53/54C PLUG-IN UNIT 
Dual-Trace Preamplifier 



Two Identical Channels 



Electronic Switching 

Triggered — switches on alternate sweeps. 
Free-running — at approximately 100 kc. 

Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Type 533— 

dc to 15 me, 0.023 fxsec. 
With Types 531, 535, 536 — 

dc to 10 mc, 0.035 /xsec. 
With Type 532— 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 /isec. 
With Types 541, 543, 545— 

dc to 24 mc, 0.015 ^sec. 
With Type 551 — 

dc to 22 mc, 0.016 /xsec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Preamplifier Unit con- 
tains two identical amplifier channels. The two channels 
can be electronically switched, either triggered by the 
oscilloscope sweep, or at a free-running rate of about 
1 00 kc. In addition, either channel can be operated 
separately. 

The alternate-sweep mode of operation provides a 
stationary display of two signals even when they are 
not related in frequency. Because the two sweeps are 
identical and time-delay characteristics of the two chan- 
nels are within 2 m/.tsec, time comparisons can be made 
with a high degree of accuracy. 

In the free-running (chopped) mode of operation, 
switching occurs at a rate of approximately 100 kc, per- 
mitting display of two simultaneous transients. Transi- 
ents of as little as one millisecond duration are well 
delineated, having about 100 elements in each trace. 
For many purposes shorter transients can be adequately 
observed. 




OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuators are 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Nine calibrated 
steps are provided for each channel: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, vernier (uncali- 
brated) controls provide for continuously-variable ad- 
justment from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm for each channel. 



Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided 
for setting the gain of each channel. When this adjust- 
ment is accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 
0.05 v/cm position, the vertical deflection factor for any 
other position of the switch will be within 3% of the 
panel reading for that position. 

Vertical Position Controls — Separate positioning 
controls are provided for each channel. 

AC-DC Switches — A coupling capacitor is inserted in 
the AC positions, limiting the low-frequency response to 
3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Polarity Inversion — Polarity can be inverted on 
either channel for greater accuracy in comparisons of 
signals 180 degrees out of phase. 



5/5S 




43 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 



Input Impedance — 20 //./.if paralleled by 1 megohm. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input CF 2 6AK5 

Amplifiers 4 1 2AU6 

Switching amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Output CF 1 2AT7 

Coupling diode 6AL5 

Multivibrator 1 2AT7 

Multivibrator waveform shaper 1 2AT7 

Switching CF 1 2AT7 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 5 V 2 lbs. 

Price $250 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c» 



J 



44 




5/5B 



I 



I 



I* 




PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 




TYPC S3/54H PLUG-IN UNIT 
DC-Coupled High-Gain Wide-Band Preamplifier 





Deflection Factor 

AC or DC-Coupled — 

Calibrated — 0.005 to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.005 to 50 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Type 533 — 

dc to 11 mc, 0.031 /xsec. 
With Types 53 1 , 535, 536 — 

dc to 9.5 mc, 0.037 /*sec. 
With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 fxsec. 
With Types 541, 543, 545 — 

dc to 15 mc, 0.023 ttsec. 
With Type 551 — 

dc to 14 mc, 0.025 tisec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54H is a wide-band preamplifier with 
dc-coupling over its full sensitivity range. It provides a 
maximum deflection factor of 5 mv/cm, dc-coupled, in 
Types 530, 540 and 550 Oscilloscopes, with excellent 
transient-response characteristics. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Twelve cali- 
brated steps are provided: 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, a 
vernier ( uncalibrated) control provides for continuous- 
ly-variable adjustment from 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — A front-panel adjustment- is 
provided for setting the gain of the unit. When this 
adjustment is accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch 
in the 0.005 v/cm position, the vertical deflection factor 
for any other position of the switch will be within 3% 
of the panel reading for that position. 

Signal Inputs — Two signal input connectors with 
more than 60 db isolation are controlled by a four- 
position switch. The INPUT SELECTOR provides for ac- 
coupl'ng or dc-coupling through either input. A coup- 



5/5 B 





U 






ling capacitor is inserted in the AC positions, limiting 
the low-frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Input Impedance — 47 /x/xf paralleled by 1 megohm. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

1st Amplifiers 2 12AU6 

Input CF 1 2AT7 

2nd Amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output CF 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 3 V 2 lbs. 

Price $1 75 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



d 




45 




PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 



TYPE 53/54K PLUG-IN UNIT 
Fast-Rise DC Preamplifier 



cP 



Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Type 533 — 

dc to 15 mc, 0.023 ju,sec. 

With Types 53 1 , 535, 536 — 
dc to 11 mc, 0.031 /usee. 

With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 /j,sec. 

With Types 541 , 543, 545 — 
dc to 30 mc, 0.012 /isec. 

With Type 551 — 

dc to 25 mc, 0.014 ^usec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54K Fast-Rise Unit provides Type 541 
and Type 545 Oscilloscopes with calibrated sensitivity 
at low input capacitance, taking maximum advantage 
of the excellent transient response and wide frequency 
range of the oscilloscope vertical-deflection system. The 
Type 53/54K with either the Type 541 or Type 545 
makes a 1 2-miIlimicrosecond risetime combination, ideal 
for applications involving fast-rising waveforms. Fre- 
quency response is down 3 db ± Vi db at 30 mc, 6 db 
at approximately 41 mc, 1 2 db at approximately 55 mc. 
The combined vertical-amplifier system is dc-coupled, 
and an AC-DC switch provides for insertion of a capaci- 
tor to block the dc component of the input signal, limit- 
ing the low-frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 
The Type 53/54K can be used in all Tektronix Oscillo- 
scopes with the plug-in feature. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Nine calibrated 
steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 10 and 
20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated ) control 
provides for variable adjustment over a 2-to-l range on 
each step. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided 
for setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is 
accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 0.05 v/cm 
position, the vertical deflection factor for any other posi- 
tion of the switch will be within 3% of the panel reading 
for that position. 




cj 



Input Impedance — Direct input impedance of the 
Type 53/54K is 1 megohm paralleled by 20 ju.ju.f. Input 
with the P410 Probe, furnished with Type 541 and Type 
545 Oscilloscopes, is 10 megohms paralleled by 8 jx/xi. 
Other P400-Series Probes, described in the Accessory 
Section, provide input capacitances from 12 jti/if to 2.5 
ILfiX, at attenuation ratios from 5 to 1 up to 100 to 1. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input cathode follower 6AK5 

Cathode-coupled amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output cathode followers 2 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight— 3 y 2 lbs. 

Price $ 125 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f .o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



46 




5/5B 




I 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 



!• 




TYPE 53/54L PLUG-IN UNIT 
Fast-Rise High-Gain Preamplifier 



Deflection Factor 

AC or DC-Coupled — 0.05 v/cm. 

9 calibrated steps from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
AC-Coupled Only — 0.005 v/cm. 

1 Ox gain amplifier switched in provides 9 calibrated 

steps from 0.005 v/cm to 2 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.05 to 40 v/cm) 

With Type 533 — 

dc to 15 mc, 0.023 ^sec. 
With Types 531, 535, 536 — 

dc to 11 mc, 0.031 ^sec. 
With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 //.sec. 
With Types 54 1 , 543, 545 — 

dc to 30 mc, 0.012 ^sec. 
With Type 551 — 

dc to 25 mc, 0.014 ynsec. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.005 to 4 v/cm) 

With Type 533 — 

3 cycles to 15 mc, 0.023 /xsec. 
With Types 53 1 , 535, 536 — 

3 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035 /xsec. 
With Type 532 — 

3 cycles to 5 mc, 0.07 /xsec. 
With Types 541, 543, 545 — 

3 cycles to 24 mc, 0.015 fxsec. 
With Type 551 — 

3 cycles to 15 mc, 0.023 yusec. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54L Fast-Rise High-Gain Unit is essentially 
the Type 53/54K Plug-In Unit, with an additional ampli- 
fier to increase the sensitivity of Tektronix Type 540- 
Series Oscilloscopes by a factor of 10 for fast-rise appli- 
cations. 

A front-panel switch connects the ac-coupled amplifier 
into the circuit, increasing the deflection factor to 0.005 
v/cm. Slightly reduced frequency response and increased 
risetime results when the additional amplifier is switched 
into the circuit. In all other respects, the Type 53/54L 
Unit is identical to the Type 53/54K. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Deflection Factor — Nine steps are pro- 
vided: 0.05, 0. 1 , 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, and 20 v/cm. When 
the additional amplifier stage is switched in, the steps are 
changed to 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 
2 v/cm. In addition, a vernier {uncalibrated) control 
provides for variable adjustment over a 2-to-l range on 
each step. 




5/5B 




Calibration Accuracy — Front-panel adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of the unit. When these 
adjustments are accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch 
in the 0.05 v/cm position, the vertical deflection factor 
for any other position of the switch will be within 3% of 
the panel reading for that switch position. 

Input Impedance — Direct input impedance of the 
Type 53/54L Unit is 1 megohm paralleled by 20 ju./u.f. 
Input impedance with the P410 probe, furnished with 
Type 541 and Type 545 Oscilloscopes, is 10 megohms 
paralleled by 8 [i/ii. Other P400-Series Probes, as des- 
cribed in the Accessory Section, provide input capaci- 
tances from 1 2 /A/xf to 2.5 fifxi, at attenuation ratios from 
5 to 1 up to 1 00 to 1 . 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input cathode follower 6AK5 

First amplifier 6AK5 

Second amplifier 6AK5 

Cathode follower 6AK5 

Cathode-coupled amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output cathode followers 2 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight — 4 Vi pounds. 

Price $185 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



47 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 



TYPE 53/54D PLUG -IN UNIT 
Differential High -Gain DC Preamplifier 



oP 



Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 1 mv/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Continuously Variable — 1 mv/cm to 125 v/cm. 



Frequency Response 

DC to 350 kc at 1 mv/cm sensitivity. . .increasing to 
DC to 2 mc at 50 mv/cm and lower sensitivity. 



Differential Input 

10,000-to-1 rejection ratio between in-phase and out- 
of-phase signals. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54D equips Tektronix Oscilloscopes with 
the plug-in feature for work requiring dc-coupling at 
a deflection factor of 1 mv/cm. Differential input with 
high rejection ratio for in-phase signals permits cancella- 
tion of unwanted or interfering signals. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Input Selector — A six-position switch provides for 
use of either input separately, or both together differ- 
entially, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. In the AC 
positions a coupling capacitor is inserted, limiting the 
low-frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Differential Input — In the A-minus-B position of the 
input selector switch, the Type 53/54D operates as a 
differential amplifier whose output is proportional to the 
difference between signals applied to input A and input 
B. The differential feature is useful in making voltage 
measurements between two above-ground points, and for 
cancelling in-phase signals such as hum pickup in con- 
necting leads. By careful adjustment of the differential- 
balance control, 10,000-to-l rejection ratio for in-phase 
signals up to 20 kc can be achieved at all positions of the 
MV/CM MULTIPLIER switch. 

Deflection Sensitivity Controls — The MILLI- 
VOLTS/CM switch has four calibrated positions: 1,10, 
1 00, and 1 000 mv/cm. A MV/CM MULTIPLIER switch pro- 
vides for multiplication by 1 , 2, 5, 10, 20, and 50. Ap- 
proximate 3-db point of amplifier high frequency re- 
sponse for each position is also indicated by this switch. 
The MV/CM MULTIPLIER, by attenuating within the am- 
plifier, reduces drift and increases bandpass in applica- 
tions that require less than maximum sensitivity. A vernier 




(uncalibrated) control provides for continuously-variable 
adjustment from 1 mv/cm to 125 v/cm. 

Regulated Heater Voltage — Heaters of all vacu- 
um tubes in the Type 53/54D are operated from the regu- 
lated dc voltage supplies in the main oscilloscope unit. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 
curately set with the MILLIVOLTS/CM switch in the 
1 mv/cm position and the MV/CM MULTIPLIER in the 50 
mv/cm position, the vertical deflection factor for any 
other position of the switches will be within 3% of the 
panel reading for that position. 

Stability — Normal drift is from 2 to 5 mv/hr. 

Input Impedance — 47 /x^f paralleled by 1 megohm. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Cascode amplifiers 2 1 2AU7 

Amplifiers 2 5879 

Output CF . . 1 2AU7 

Voltage regulator 1 2AU7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 4 lbs. 

Price $145 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 



o 



48 




S/SB 



I PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 



i» 




TYPE 52/ SAG PLUG-IN UNIT 
Differential-Wide-Band DC Preamplifier 



Common-mode Rejection 

100 to 1 at full gain. 

Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Type 533 — 

dc to 14 mc, 0.025 ^sec. 

With Types 531, 535, 536 — 
dc to 10 mc, 0.035 /xsec. 

With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 ju.sec. 

With Types 541, 543, 545 — 
dc to 20 mc, 0.018 /isec. 

With Type 551 — 

dc to 18 mc, 0.02 /xsec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54G Plug-In Unit equips Tektronix Oscil- 
loscopes with the plug-in feature for wide-band differ- 
ential-input applications. Common-mode rejection is bet- 
ter than 100 to 1 for the entire passband at full gain, 
better than 300 to 1 at 60 cycles. Independent step at- 
tenuators in each input with 80-db isolation permit mix- 
ing signals of wide amplitude difference. Either input 
can be used separately, INPUT B giving a polarity-in- 
verted display. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Input-Selector — A six-position switch provides for 
use of either input separately, or both together differen- 
tially, either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. In the AC posi- 
tions a coupling capacitor is inserted, limiting the low- 
frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Calibrated Sensitivity — Each of the two attenua- 
tors has 9 calibrated positions: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 
5, 10 and 20 v/cm. A variable attenuator fills in be- 
tween steps making the adjustment continuously variable 
from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. The variable attenuator af- 
fects the gain of both inputs at the same time. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 




curately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 0.05 v/cm 
position, the vertical deflection factor for any other posi- 
tion of the switch will be within 3% of the panel reading 
for that position. 

Input Impedance — 47 /x^f paralleled by 1 megohm. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input cathode followers 2 6AK5 

Input amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Cathode followers 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 4 V 2 lbs. 

Price $1 75 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f .o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



5/5B 




49 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 



TYPE 53/54A PLUG-IN UNIT 
Wide-Band DC Preamplifier 



o" 



Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 

With Type 533 — 

dc to 14 mc, 0.025 //.sec. 

With Types 53 1 , 535, 536 — 
dc to 10 mc, 0.035 /xsec. 

With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 jusec. 

With Types 541, 543, 545 — 
dc to 20 mc, 0.018 /xsec. 

With Type 551 — 

dc to 18 mc, 0.02 /xsec. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54A Plug-In Preamplifier meets the re- 
quirements of most wide-band applications. Wide pass- 
band, excellent transient response, dc-coupling, and 
calibrated sensitivity are qualities most users require in 
an oscilloscope vertical amplifier. The Type 53/54A 
gives all of these qualities to Tektronix Oscilloscopes 
with the plug-in feature. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Nine calibrated 
steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 
20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control 
provides for continuously-variable adjustment from 0.05 
v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided 
for setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is 
accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 0.05 
v/cm position, the vertical deflection factor for any 
other position of the switch will be within 3% of the 
panel reading for that position. 

Two Signal Inputs — Two signal input connectors 
with more than 60-db isolation are controlled by a four- 




position switch. The INPUT SELECTOR provides for ac- 
coupling or dc-coupling through either input. A blocking 
capacitor is inserted in the AC positions, limiting the low- 
frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Input Impedance — 47 /■/■■f paralleled by 1 megohm. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input CF 12AU6 

Amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output CF 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight— 3 y 2 lbs. 

Price $85 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. {Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 



J 



50 




5/5B 



I PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



V 



i» 




TYPE 53/54B PLUG-IN UNIT 
Wide-Band High-Gain Preamplifier 



Deflection Factor 

AC-Coupled Only — 0.005 v/cm to 0.05 v/cm. 
AC or DC-Coupled — 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 
Calibrated — 0.005 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
Continuously Variable — 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.05 to 20 v/cm) 

With Type 533 — 

dc to 14 mc, 0.025 ,u,sec. 
With Types 531, 535, 536 — 

dc to 10 mc, 0.035 /i.sec. 
With Type 532 — 

dc to 5 mc, 0.07 ju,sec. 
With Types 541 , 543, 545 — 

dc to 20 mc, 0.018 fisec. 
With Type 551 — 

dc to 18 mc, 0.02 /xsec. 

Frequency Response and Risetime 
(0.005 to 0.05 v/cm) 

With Type 533 — 

2 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035 /xsec. 
With Types 531, 535, 536 — 

2 cycles to 9 mc, 0.04 tisec. 
With Type 532 — 

2 cycles to 5 mc, 0.07 //.sec. 
With Types 541 , 543, 545 — 

2 cycles to 12 mc, 0.03 /xsec. 
With Type 551 — 

2 cycles to 10 mc, 0.035 ^.sec. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54B Plug-In Unit is essentially the Type 
53/54A with a preamplifier stage added. Three addi- 
tional calibrated deflection factors, 0.005, 0.01 , and 0.02 
v/cm are available at slightly reduced frequency re- 
sponse and increased risetime. In all other specifications 
the Type 53/54B is identical to the Type 53/54A. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in VOLTS/CM of deflection. Twelve calibrated 
steps are provided: 0.005, 0.01 , 0.02, 0.05, 0.1 , 0.2, 0.5, 
1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncali- 
brated) control provides for continuously-variable ad- 
justment from 0.005 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — Two adjustments are provid- 
ed for setting the gain of the unit. When these adjust- 
ments are accurately set with the VOLTS/CM switch in the 




0.005 v/cm and 0.05 v/cm positions, the vertical deflec- 
tion factor for any other position of the switch will be 
within 3 % of the panel reading for that position. 

Signal Inputs — Two signal input connectors with 
more than 60-db isolation are controlled by a four-posi- 
tion switch. The INPUT SELECTOR provides for ac-coup- 
ling or dc-coupling through either input. A coupling 
capacitor is inserted in the AC positions, limiting the low- 
frequency response to 3 db down at 2 cycles. 

Input Impedance — 47 jifii paralleled by 1 megohm. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Preamplifier 5654 

Input CF 12AU6 

Cathode follower 6BQ7A 

Amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Output CF 1 2AT7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 3 V 2 lbs. 

Price $125 

For low-capacitance accessory probes, please see the 
Catalog Accessory Section. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



5/58 




51 



PLUG-IN PREAMPLIFIERS 



I 



TYPE 53/54E PLUG-IN UNIT 
Low-Level Differential AC Preamplifier 



oP 



Deflection Factor 

Calibrated — 50 microvolts/cm to 10 millivolts/cm. 

Continuously Variable — 50 microvolts/cm to 25 milli- 
volts/cm. 



Frequency Response 

0.06 cycles to 30 kc at full gain, increasing to 60 kc 
at 0.5 mv/cm. 



Differential Input 

50,000-to-l rejection ratio between in-phase and out- 
of-phase signals up to 1 kc of ±2 v or less. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54E Plug-in Unit provides Tektronix Os- 
cilloscopes with the plug-in feature with a calibrated 
vertical deflection factor of 50 microvolts/cm for low- 
level applications. Maximum combined noise and hum is 
5 /ay, rms, with input grids grounded at the input connec- 
tor. Separate high-frequency and low-frequency re- 
sponse controls permit restricting the bandwidth to further 
increase the signal-to-noise ratio. A rejection ratio of 
50,000 to 1 for in-phase signals up to I kc can be 
achieved by careful adjustment of the front-panel differ- 
ential-balance control. Use of the internal attenuators 
has a negligible effect on the rejection figure. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Sensitivity — The vertical attenuator is 
calibrated in MILLIVOLTS/CM of deflection. Eight cali- 
brated steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 
and 10 millivolts/cm. In addition, a vernier (uncali- 
brated) control provides for continuously-variable ad- 
justment from 50 microvolts/cm to 25 millivolts/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — An adjustment is provided for 
setting the gain of the unit. When this adjustment is ac- 
curately set with the MILLIVOLTS/CM switch in the 5 milli- 
volts/cm position, the vertical deflection factor for any 
other position of the switch will be within 3 % of the panel 
reading for that position. 

Bandwidth Control — -A five-position switch provides 
for approximate high-frequency 3-db points of 60, 10, 
1, 0.25, and 0.05 kc. Another five-position switch selects 
the approximate low-frequency 3-db points of 0.06, 0.2, 
0.8, 8 and 80 cycles. Restricting the bandwidth to the 
requirements of the particular application will provide 




an increase in the signal-to-noise ratio. Input to grids is 
dc-coupled to provide good rejection at low frequencies. 

Trace Restorer — If the trace should be driven from 
the screen by a large transient, it can be returned to its 
normal position immediately by pressing the trace re- 
storer button. 

Input Impedance — 50 /<nf paralleled by 10 meg- 
ohms. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input amplifiers 1 2AX7 

2nd stage and gain control 2 5879 

3rd stage and positioning control 12AU7 

Output CF 12AU7 

Voltage regulators 2 OB2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 
Weight— 4 V 2 lbs. 

Price $165 

Includes: 30" two-conductor shielded cable with input 
connector. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



o 



52 




5/5B 



I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I* 



PLUG-IN UNITS 



TYPt S3/54R TRANSISTOR RISETIME UNIT 



Collector Supply 

1 to 15 v continuously variable, positive or negative. 
Current Capability — 400 ma. 

Mercury-Switch Pulse Generator 

Risetime less than 0.005 /xsec. 

Amplitude — 0,04 to 2 v across 10 ohms, positive or 
negative. 
Bias Supply 

— 0.5 v to +0.5 v and — 5 v to +5 v, continuously 

variable. 
Current Capability — ±100 ma. 

Calibrated Vertical Deflection 

0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 100 ma/cm collector 
current. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54R Transistor Risetime Unit can be 
used in all Tektronix Oscilloscopes with the plug-in fea- 
ture when operated on 50 to 60 cycle line frequency. 
It supplies a fast-rising pulse and the required supply 
and bias voltages for measurement of transistor rise, 
fall, delay, and storage times. 

Risetime of the pulse supplied by the Type 53/54R 
is less than 5 millimicroseconds, therefore measurement 
limitations will depend mainly on the risetime of the 
oscilloscope used. Overall risetimes with the oscillo- 
scopes are as follows: 

Types 541, 543, 545— 0.01 2 fxsec 




and — 5 v through zero to + 5 v. Bias supply is transis- 
tor regulated. 

Base Series Resistors — The base driving resistance 
can be selected from eleven values — 10, 20, 50, 100, 
200, 500 ohms, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 kilohms. 

Reference Displays — Zero time reference can be 
displayed by means of a pushbutton. Another push- 
button provides for displaying ground reference, and 



TENTATIVE SPECIFICATIONS 

..... REGULAR PRODUCTION AND INITIAL SHIPMENT 
EXPECTED TO BEGIN APPROXIMATELY MAY, 1958, 





Type 551 — 0.014 /xsec 
Type 533 — 0.023 sec 
531, 535, 536— 0.035 ^sec 

Type 532 — 0.07 ^sec (The Type 532 and Type 536 
have an additional limitation in the lack of signal delay 
in the main vertical amplifier). 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Collector Supply — Positive and negative voltage, 1 v 
to 15 v continuously adjustable is available from a tran- 
sistor-regulated supply. Vertical display is calibrated in 
ma/cm of collector current, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 
100 ma/cm. Connectors are provided for inserting an 
external resistor in series with the collector. 

Pulse Generator — A mercury switch is used to gen- 
erate the fast-rising test pulse. Repetition rate is 120 
c/sec. Five positive and five negative amplitude ranges 
are provided — 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 v. Pulse voltage 
is continuously adjustable between ranges. 

Bias Supply — Bias voltage is available for base or 
emitter in two ranges, — 0.5 v through zero to +0.5v 



5/5B 




collector volts at a sensitivity of 4 v/cm. 

Triggering — An external positive triggering signal 
to the oscilloscope is furnished through a cable for op- 
erating convenience. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Amplifiers 2 1 2AU6 

Amplifiers 1 2AT7 

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT 

Trigger output amplifier 2N247 

Regulator amplifier 2N21 2 

Regulator amplifiers 3 2N247 

Regulator amplifiers 2 2N270 

Series regulators 3 2N307A 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum -alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight— 4 y 2 lbs. 
Price $300 

Price f.o.b. factory. 



53 



I 



oP 



<] 







I 



!• 




PLUG-IN UNITS 



TYPE 53/547 PLUG-IN UNIT 
Time-Base Generator 



Wide Sweep Range 

Twenty-two calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 /xsec/div 

to 2 sec/div. 

5k magnifier, accurate on all ranges. 



Versatile Triggering 

Line, external, ac or dc-coupled, automatic triggering, 
high-frequency sync. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/541 Time-Base Generator Plug-In Unit is 
intended to provide sawtooth sweep voltages to drive the 
horizontal-deflection system in the Type 536 Cathode- 
Ray Oscilloscope. This plug-in unit can also be used in the 
vertical-deflection system of any of the Tektronix 530 or 
540-Series Oscilloscopes. The Type 53/54T Unit provides 
the Type 536 with a wide range of sweep rates for use in 
the usual oscilloscope applications. Trigger shaping and 
dc-coupled unblanking circuits are included in the Type 
53/54T Unit. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The Type 53/54T Unit 
has 22 calibrated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 
50 ^sec/div— 0.1 , 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, 20, 50 millisec/div 
— 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, and 2 sec/div. A single 22-position 
switch is used. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) 
control provides continuously variable sweep rates from 
0.2 ju,sec/div to 6 sec/div. Calibration accuracy of the 
fixed sweep rates will typically be within 1 % of full 
scale, and in all cases will be within 3 % . 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5x magnifier is 
switched in, the center two-division portion of the nor- 
mal sweep is expanded to the left and right of center 
to fill ten divisions. The POSITION control has sufficient 
range to display any one-fifth of the magnified sweep. 
Magnifier increases the calibrated sweep rate to 0.04 
jusec/div. Accuarcy is within 5% of the displayed por- 
tion of the magnified sweep. 




DC-Coupled Unblanking — When the unit is plugged 
into the Type 536 Oscilloscope horizontal amplifier, the 
unblanking waveform is dc-coupled to the control grid of 
the crt. Uniform bias is assured for all sweep and repe- 
tition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls for triggering the sweep at a 
selected amplitude level on the triggering waveform. Trig- 
ger source can be external, line frequency, or the signal 
under observation by external connection to the oscillo- 
scope VERT. SIG. OUT terminal, either ac or dc-coupled. 
The triggering point can be on either the rising or falling 
slope of the triggering waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stabili- 
ty control is preset to the optimum triggering point and 
requires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications with no trigger-control adjustments. Range 
of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 2 mega- 
cycles, approximately. In the absence of an input signal 
the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 50-cycle 
rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 



5/5B 




54A 



PLUG-IN UNITS 



High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 15 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm of 
deflection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — A signal of 0.2 v to 50 v is 
required. 

Output Waveforms — A 30-v positive-gate waveform 
of the same time duration as the sweep, and a 150-v 
positive-going sawtooth waveform are available at front- 
panel connectors. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Trigger amplifier 6U8 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Multivibrator and cathode follower 6BQ7A 



Multivibrator and + gate out CF 6U8 

Channel-selecting pulse amplifier and 

sawtooth out CF 6U8 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Hold-off driver and hold-off CF 6BQ7A 

Sawtooth generator and cathode follower . 6AU8 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight — 5 pounds. 

Price $225 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

D 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 




54B 




5/5B 



I 



I 



!• 



'• 



TYPE 127 PREAMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY 

Rack-Mounting Power Supply 
for Type 53/54 Plug-In Units 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 1 27 supplies proper operating 
power to one or any combination of two Tektronix Type 
53/54 Plug-In Preamplifiers. Any Type 53/54 Plug-In 
Units, powered by the Type 127, can be used to further 
increase the signal-handling versatility of Tektronix os- 
cilloscopes employing Plug-In Preamplifiers. Double- 
differential dual-trace display may be obtained by em- 
ploying 2 Type 53/54D, E, or G Differential Plug-In 
Preamplifier Units in the Type 127 in conjunction with 
an oscilloscope using a Type 53/54C Dual-Trace Plug-In 
Unit. The Type 127 also facilitates the use of Type 
53/54 Plug-In Units in other applications. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Balanced Output — The outputs of Plug-In Units 
powered by the Type 127 are fed through dc-coupled 
differential amplifier stages and cathode followers to 
provide a push-pull signal at the output terminals. Rise- 
time of the unit is 0.018 ,usec, permitting maximum 
utilization of the response of Tektronix Type 530-Series 
Oscilloscopes. Output swing is linear ±3% over a 
range of ±0.3 volt. Output dc operating levels are 
adjustable to ground potential. 

Gain — The Type 127 has a gain of one, push-pull. 
With single-ended output, gain is one-half. 



Output Terminals — Each channel has four output 
terminals, two on the front panel and two at the rear. 
Terminated 170-ohm output cables are furnished. 

Multiple-Trace Applications — A Type 53/54C Dual 
Trace Unit in an oscilloscope can be fed by two other 
Type 53/54 Units powered by the Type 127 to produce 
a dual-trace display. A four-trace display results when 
the Type 53/54C Unit in an oscilloscope is fed by two 
Type 53/54C Units powered by the Type 127. Synchro- 
nizing pulses for alternate-sweep operation can be in- 
troduced through connectors at the rear of the Type 127. 
An eight-trace display results when two Type 53/54C 
Units in the Type 551 Dual-Beam Oscilloscope are fed 
by four Type 53/54C Units powered by two Type 127 
Power Supplies. 

Electronic Regulation — All dc supply voltages to 
the Plug-In Units are electronically regulated. A cur- 
rent-sensitive relay switches in a compensating power 
load when only one preamplifier is plugged into the 
Type 127. 

Amplitude Calibrator — A square-wave calibration 
voltage is available through a front-panel coaxial con- 
nector. Eighteen fixed voltages — 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50, 100 millivolts, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, and 
100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is with- 
in 3%. Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 



S/5B 




54C 



TYPE 127 PREAMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Output amplifiers 4 6CB6 

Output cathode followers 4 12AT7 

Calibrator 6AU6 

Calibrator 6BQ7 

Switching amplifiers 2 6U8 

Comparators 2 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

Series regulators 3 6080 

Voltage reference 5651 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperatures. 



Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. Slide-out 
mounting to rack. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel- 
Dimensions — 8%" high, 19" wide, 20" rack depth, 
21 Vi" overall depth. 

Weight — 36 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cycles, 450 watts maximum. 

Type 127, without plug-in units $525 

Includes: 4 — 170 fi Coaxial cables, 5' long. 
4 — 1 70 £2 terminating resistors 
1 — Instruction manual 

Prices f.o.b. factory. 



I 



Output characteristics of the Type 127 in combination with Tektronix Plug- 
In Units, measured with the Type 127 output terminated in 170 ohms. 



Plug-In Unit 


Maximum 

Voltage Gain 

(push-pull output) 


Frequency Response 


Risetime 


53/54A 


2 


dc to 15 mc 


.023 ^sec 


53/54B 


2 


dc to 15 mc 


.023 /usee 


20 


5 cps to 1 1 mc 


.030 /tsec 


53/54C 


2 


dc to 17 mc 


.020 jusec 


53/54D 


100 


dc to 350 kc at a gain of 
100, increasing to 2 mc at 
a gain of 2 




53/54E 


2000 


.06 cps to 30 kc at full 
gain, increasing to 60 kc 
a gain of 200 




53/54G 


2 


dc to 15 mc 


.023 ,usec 


53/54H 


20 


dc to 12 mc 


.029 ^sec 


53/54K 


2 


dc to 19 mc 


.01 8 ,usec 


53/54L 


2 


dc to 19 mc 


.01 8 //.sec 


20 


3 cps to 17 mc 


.020 fisec 



c 



o« 



54D 




5/5B 



I 




I 



-t 
I 



J 



I 



J 






I 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 



i 





i 



I 



J 




J 



, — I 






I 



J 



J 




I 



J 



J 




J 



I 



PORTABLE OSCILLOSCOPES 



I 

d 



<J 



c 



I TYPE 310 OSCILLOSCOPE 



!• 



<• 



DC-Coupled Portable Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope 



Designed for Easy Handling 

Small— 10" x 6 3 / 4 " x 17". 
Weighs only 23 x k pounds. 



Transient Response 

Risetime — 0.09 jusec. 



Frequency Response 

DC to 4 mc — 0.1 v/div to 150 v/div. 

2 cycles to 3.5 mc — 0.01 v/div to 0.1 v/div. 



Sweep Range 

0.1 /x,sec/div to 0.6 sec/div. 
1 8 calibrated sweep rates. 



Versatile Triggering 

Internal, external, line. . . ac or dc-coupled, and 
AUTOMATIC TRIGGERING. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 31 Portable 3" Oscilloscope is an 
instrument you can take with you .... easily, comfortably. 
In or out of the laboratory, the Type 310 can be relied 
upon for faithful displays and accurate time and ampli- 
tude measurements. Small size, low weight, and opera- 
tion on 50 to 800-cycle line frequency make the Type 
310 easy to handle, transport, and use in the field. One 
of the many applications for the Type 310 Portable Os- 
cilloscope is maintenance and calibration of specialized 
measuring and recording instruments at their point of 
use. 

Complete accessibility to tubes and components is 
maintained by a unique step-chassis construction, hinged 
at the rear. Accurate calibration and excellent linearity 
permit reliable quantitative measurements — you read 
time and amplitude directly from the screen. Functional 
panel design and versatile control system contribute to 
operator convenience. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — Main amplifier 
passband is dc to 4 mc. Vertical deflection is calibrated 
in steps of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 v/div. Low- 
frequency response is limited to 2 cycles when the AC-DC 
switch is in the AC position. An ac-coupled preamplifier 
switched in by the VOLTS/DIV control provides three ad- 
ditional calibrated steps of 0.01 , 0.02, and 0.05 v/div, at 




2/5B 




a frequency response of 2 cycles to 3.5 mc. In addition, 
a 3-to-l vernier control provides for continuously-variable 
adjustment from 0.01 v/div to 150 v/div. Vertical ampli- 
fier is factory-adjusted for optimum transient response. 
Risetime is less than 0.09 /./.sec. Input impedance is 1 meg- 
ohm paralleled by approximately 40 jx/.d. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. 
When these adjustments are accurately set with the 
VOLTS/DIV switch in the 0.1 and 0.01 v/div positions, the 
vertical deflection factor for any other position of the 
switch will be within 3% of the panel reading for that 
switch position. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity is reduced by a factor 
of ten by use of the small, insulated, 1 Ox attenuator 
probe furnished with the instrument. The probe presents 
an input impedance of 10 megohms paralleled by ap- 
proximately 13 /Ajuf. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — The Type 310 has 18 cali- 
brated sweep rates: 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 
500 /xsec/div, ... .1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millisec/div, 0.1, 
0.2 sec/div. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) con- 
trol provides sweep rates continuously adjustable from 
0.5 /isec/div to 0.6 sec/div. Calibration accuracy of the 



57 



TYPE 310 OSCILLOSCOPE 




18 fixed sweep rates will typically be within 1 % of full 
scale, and in all cases within 3 % . 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is obtain- 
ed by increasing the gain of the sweep-output amplifier 
by a factor of 5. The center 2-division portion of the 
trace is expanded to 10 divisions. The HORIZONTAL 
POSITION control has sufficient range to display any 
one-fifth of the magnified sweep. The 5x magnifier ap- 
plied to the 0.5-fisec/div sweep extends the calibrated 
range to 0.1 /asec/div. Accuracy is within 3% of the dis- 
played portion of the magnified sweep on all ranges ex- 
cept the 0.5 /'.sec/div range, where accuracy is within 5 % . 

DC-Coupled Urtblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the control grid of the cathode- 
ray tube. This assures uniform bias for all sweep speeds 
and repetition rates. 

Automatic Triggering — With the control in the 
AUTO position, the sweep will be triggered by any re- 
current incoming signal from 60 cycles to 2 megacycles. 
Signals differing in frequency, amplitude, and shape 
can be observed without readjustment of the triggering 
controls. In the absence of an input signal, the sweep 
is automatically triggered at approximately a 50-cycle 
rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

Trigger Selection — A concentric control permits 
triggering from either the rising or falling slope of in- 
ternal, external, or line-voltage signals; and selection 
of ac or dc coupling through the triggering circuits, or 
automatic triggering. 

Triggering Level— The TRIGGERING LEVEL control 
selects the amplitude level where triggering occurs. It 
permits triggering the sweep at a selected level on sim- 
ple or complex waveforms. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to produce a one-half division deflec- 
tion. External — a signal of 0.2 v to ±20 v. 



Horizontal Input — A back-panel terminal permits 
use of an external signal to drive the horizontal ampli- 
fier. Deflection factor is 1 .2 v/div. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Calibrator — A square-wave voltage is 
available through a front-panel binding post. Eleven 
fixed voltages— 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
and 100 volts peak-to-peak — are provided. Accuracy 
is within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Accelerating Potential — 1.85kv accelerating po- 
tential, electronically regulated, is applied to the flat- 
faced 3WP2 cathode-ray tube. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronically-regulated 
dc supplies insure stable operation over line variations 
between 1 05 to 1 25 v or 21 to 250 v, 50 to 800 cycles. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
has 8 vertical and 10 horizontal % -inch divisions. Illum- 
ination is controlled by a front-panel knob. An appro- 
priate filter is provided to increase contrast when view- 
ing in a brightly-lighted room. 

Hinged Chassis — The Type 310 opens up to permit 
easy accessibility to all tubes and components. 

Front-Panel Light — A jewel light indicates when 
the vertical-attenuator or sweep-rate control is set in an 
uncalibrated position. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical preamplifier 6AU6 

Preamp cathode follower 6BH6 

Vertical input amplifier 2 6AU6 

Driver cathode follower 6BQ7 

Vertical output amplifier 2 6CL6 

Internal trigger cathode follower 6BH6 

Trigger amplifier 6U8 



I 



cj 



J 



58 




Z/5B 



I TYPE 310 OSCILLOSCOPE 



<• 



!• 



I 



Trigger shaper 6118 

Holdoff cathode followers 1 2AT7 

Minus multivibrator 6AU6 

Plus multivibrator i/ 2 6BQ7 

Unblanking cathode follower y 2 6BQ7 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator . . . i/ 2 6AN8 

Sweep generator cathode follower V 2 6AN8 

Horizontal amplifier cathode follower . . . . y 2 6BQ7 

Horizontal output amplifier 6BQ7 

External horizontal input cathode follower. V2 6BQ7 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AN8 

Calibrator output cathode follower 6BH6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 3 6BH6 

Series regulators 3 1 2B4 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High-voltage regulator 12AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 2 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 3WP2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Self-contained, cabinet and chassis 
made of aluminum alloy. New mechanical techniques 
improve accessibility to components and tubes. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, blue 
wrinkle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 10" high, 6%" wide, 17 long. 

Weight — 23% pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 volts, 175 watts. 

The Type 310 will operate over the range of 50 to 
800 cps, but at 800 cps about 4% greater line voltage 
is required- Unless otherwise specified, the instrument 
will be shipped wired for operation within the line-volt- 
age range of 105 to 125 volts. The Type 310 can be 
ordered wired for operation on several nominal line 
voltages as follows: 



Nominal Line Voltage Operating Range 

(Figures taken at 60 cps) 

110 99 to 117 volts 

117 105 to 125 volts 

124 111 to 132 volts 

220 198 to 235 volts 

234 210 to 250 volts 

248 223 to 265 volts 

A metal decal on the transformer gives complete in- 
structions for changing the operating range. 

Type 310 $595 

Includes: 1 — P510A attenuator probe 

1 — A510 binding-post adapter 
1 — Green filter (378-509) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

FB 310 Fan Base — Provides filtered forced-air ventila- 
tion to reduce operating temperature when the Type 310 
is being used continuously over long periods, or in a hot 
or limited-ventilation area. The fan base tilts the oscillo- 
scope to a convenient viewing angle. For use on 105- 
1 25 v, 50 to 60 cycles only $25.00 

FB 310-S1 Fan Base — For use on 210-250 v, 50 to 60 
cycles only $25.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



2/5 B 




59 



I 



C 



J 



TYPE 316 OSCILLOSCOPE 




I* 



f 



Wide-Band DC-Coupled Portable 



Passband 

DC to 1 mc at 0. 1 v/div to 1 25 v/div. 

2 cycles to 10 mc at 0.01 v/div to 0.1 v/div 



Transient Response 

Risetime — 0.035 /.isec 



Sweep Range 

22 calibrated sweep rates form 0.2 /j,sec/div 
to 2 sec/div, continuously variable from 
0.2 /.(.sec/div to 6 sec/div. Accurate 5x 
magnifier increases calibrated rate to 0.04 
/xsec/div. 



Triggering 

Amplitude-level selection with preset or 
manual stability control, and fully auto- 
matic triggering. 



Portability 

Size— 8V 2 " wide, 12" high, }9V 2 " overall 

depth. 
Weight — 35 pounds. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 31 6 Oscilloscope replaces the pop- 
ular Type 31 5D, providing greatly improved performance 
and dependability with approximately the same degree 
of compactness. A new cabinet design with easily-remov- 
able sides improves accessibility, and an improved me- 
chanical arrangement minimizes the effects of shock and 
vibration on accurate operation. 

From the users viewpoint, the Type 316 is a convenient 
laboratory tool that is just right in performance, size and 
weight for calibration and trouble-shooting use at remote 
locations. It requires only a small amount of bench space 
and is very easy to operate. All 22 calibrated sweep rates 
are selected with one knob, which also indicates the new 
calibrated sweep rate when the magnifier Is in use. Preset 
stability for all triggering modes eliminates trigger-con- 
trol adjustment in most applications, but manual stability 
control is retained and can be switched in when desired. 
Warning lights indicate when vertical and horizontal de- 
flection controls are not in their calibrated positions. 
Convenient ground terminals are located beneath each 
coaxial connector. Panel controls and terminals are ar- 
ranged for efficient operation. 




I 



2/5 B 




VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — Main amplifier 
passband is dc to 10 mc, risetime is 0.035 /j.sec. Vertical 
deflection is calibrated in steps of 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 
10, 20, 50 v/div. Low-frequency response is 3 db down 
at 2 cycles when the AC-DC switch is in the AC position. 
An ac-coupled preamplifier switched in by the VOLTS/DIV 
control provides three additional calibrated steps of 0.01, 
0.02 and 0.05 v/div at a frequency response of 2 cycles 
to 10 mc, risetime 0.035 /xsec. In addition, a 2y2-to-l 
venier ( uncalibrated) control provides for continuously- 
variable adjustment from 0.01 v/div to 1 25 v/div. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments are pro- 
vided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. When 
these adjustments are accurately set with the VOLTS/DIV 
switch in the 0.1 v/div and 0.01 v/div positions, the verti- 
cal deflection factor for any other position of the switch 
will be within 3% of the panel reading for that position. 

Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.25 /xsec is in- 
troduced by the balanced delay network. Permits obser- 
vation of the leading edge of the waveform that triggers 
the sweep. 



61 



TYPE 316 OSCILLOSCOPE 



VERTICAL 



VARIABLE 

ATTEf 




VARIABLE 

VOLTS/DIV. 

1 .5 



UNCAMBRATiO 

.2 A 




10 




CALIBRATED 



INPUT 






TEKTRONIX, INC. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by approxi- 
mately 40 {xfxi. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity of the Type 316 is re- 
duced by a factor of ten by use of the lOx attenuator 
probe supplied with the instrument. The P510A Probe 
presents an input impedance of 10 megohms paralleled 
by approximately 1 3 /x/ii. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — A single knob is used to select 
any of 22 calibrated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50 ^sec/div, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 msec/ 
div, 0.1 , 0.2, 0.5, 1 , and 2 sec/div. In addition, a vernier 
(uncalibrated) control provides for continuous adjust- 
ment from 0.2 ^sec/div to 6 sec/div. Calibration accura- 
cy of the 22 fixed sweep rates will typically be within 1 % 
of full scale, and in all cases within 3 % . 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5x magnifier is switch- 
ed in, calibrated sweep rates are read from the outer ring 
of numbers circling the TIME/D1V knob. The magnifier ex- 
pands the normal sweep to fifty divisions, and the HORI- 
ZONTAL positioning control has sufficient range to dis- 
play any ten divisions of the magnified sweep. Calibra- 
tion accuracy is within 5 % of the displayed portion of the 
magnified sweep. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the crt, assuring uniform 
grid bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully automatic triggering. 



Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls for triggering the sweep at a 
selected amplitude level on the triggering waveform. Trig- 
ger source can be internal, external, or the line frequency, 
either ac or dc-coupled. The triggering point can be on 
either the positive or negative slope of the triggering 
waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stability 
control is preset to the optimum triggering point and re- 
quires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic level-seeking trig- 
ger circuit provides dependable triggering for most appli- 
cations. One simple setting assures positive sweep-trig- 
gering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, shapes, 
and repitition rates. No trigger controls need be touched 
until a different type of operation is desired. Range of 
automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 2 mega- 
cycles, approximately. In the absence of an input signal 
the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 50-cycle 
rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
sine-wave signals up to approximately 20 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm of 
deflection, or an external signal at about 2 v. 



TIME BASE 



TRIGGER SELECTOR 

AUTO.. INT — - AC 

LINE. M ^ EXT 



TRIGGER 
INPUT 



Hf SYNC 




1 il 



DC 



STABILITY 

OR HORIZ INPUT ATTEH. 

TRIGGERING LEVEL 
■o- 



HORIZ. 
INPUT 



] 



DISPLAY 

NORM, - ^MA 





♦ GATE 
OUT 




LiSEC 



SAWTOOTH 
OUT 




a 



c 



°k 



62 




2/5 B 



I 



TYPE 316 OSCILLOSCOPE 




J 



r 



i 



Trigger Requirements — Internal — a signal large 
enough to cause a one-fifth division deflection. External 
— a signal of 0.2 v to 50 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-Coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front-panel 
connector. Deflection factor is approximately 1.4 v/div. 
Frequency response is dc to 500 kc. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrator — A square-wave calibrating voltage is 
available through a front-panel coaxial connector. Elev- 
en fixed peak-to-peak voltages are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 and 100 volts. Accuracy is 
within 3 % . Square-wave frequency is approximately 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A new Tektronix flat-faced 3" 
cathode-ray tube is used in the Type 316. Accelerating 
potential is 1 .85 kv. A P-2 phosphor is normally supplied. 
Other phosphors are available on request. 

Output Waveforms — A 30-v positive gate waveform 
of the same duration as the sweep, and a 1 50-v positive- 
going sweep sawtooth waveform are available at front- 
panel connectors. 

Regulated Power Supplies — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 and 
125 v, or 210 and 250 v. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
is divided into 8 vertical and 10 horizontal Vi " divisions. 
Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Warning Indicators for Uncalibrated Settings — 

Separate front-panel neon lights indicate when the verti- 
cal-attenuator and sweep-rate controls are not in their 
calibrated positions. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical preamplifier 6CB6 

Preamplifier CF and voltage setting CF . . . . 6BQ7A 

Vertical input CF 2 6AU6 

Input amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Amplifier CF 6BQ7A 

Output amplifiers 2 6CL6 

Trigger pickoff CF 6AU6 

Calibrator multivibrator 6U8 

Calibrator CF 6AU6 

Trigger amplifier 6U8 

Trigger shaper 6U8 

Plus multivibrator and CF 6BQ7A 

Minus multivibrator and unblanking CF . . . . 6AN8 

Gate out CF and sweep out CF . . 6BQ7A 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator and CF 6AN8 

Sweep holdoff CF 1 2AT7 

Sweep amplifier input CF and driver CF . . . . 6BQ7A 

Sweep output amplifiers and CF 2 6BQ7A 

High voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High voltage regulator 1 2AU7 

High voltage rectifiers 2 5642 

Voltage reference 5651 



2/5B 




Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Series regulator 6AN8 

Series regulator 6080 

Series regulator 1 2B4 

Cathode-ray tube T32P2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 8V2" wide, 12" high, 19y 2 " overall 
depth. 

Weight — 35 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 1 25 v or 21 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cycles, 260 watts. Type 316-S1 operates on 50 
to 800 cycle supply; uses dc fan motor. 

Unless otherwise specified, the instrument will be ship- 
ped wired for operation within the line-voltage range 
of 105 to 125 volts. The Type 316 can be ordered 
wired for operation on several nominal line voltages as 
follows: 

Nominal Line Voltage Operating Range 
(Figures taken at 60 cps ) 

110 99 to 117 volts 

117 105 to 125 volts 

124 111 to 132 volts 

220 198 to 235 volts 

234 210 to 250 volts 

248 223 to 265 volts 

A metal decal on the transformer gives complete in- 
structions for changing the operating range. 

Price, Type 316 (50 to 60 cycles) $725 

Price, Type 3 1 6-S1 ( 50 to 800 cycles ) $760 

Includes: 1 — P51 0A attenuator probe 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Green filter (378-509) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Fan Motor Kit — For converting Type 316 for use on 50 
to 800 cycle line frequency (Type 316-51). Contains 
brackets, rectifier, and fan motor. 

040-141 Fan Motor Kit $40.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



63 



I 




I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 
I 

I 



TYPE 51 5A OSCILLOSCOPE 




DC-Coupled General Purpose 



to 





Frequency Response — DC to 1 5 mc. 

Transient Response — 0.023- ".sec risetime. 

Vertical Deflection Factor 

9 calibrated steps from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm, continuously variable. 

Balanced 0.25 sec Delay Network 

Wide Sweep Range 

22 calibrated steps from 0.2 ju,sec/cm to 2 sec/cm. 
0.04 //.sec/cm to 6 sec/cm, continuously variable. 
5x magnifier, accurate on all ranges. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset or manual sta- 
bility control, and fully-automatic triggering 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 515A is a dc-coupled general-pur- 
pose cathode-ray oscilloscope combining the latest Tek- 
tronix oscilloscope circuitry in a compact moderately- 
priced instrument. Wide sweep range of 0.04 /xsec/cm 
to 6 sec/cm, dc to 15 mc passband, and vertical deflec- 
tion factor to 0.05 v/cm qualify the Type 515A for gen- 
eral-purpose laboratory work. Reduced size requires less 
bench space and permits its use for many field applica- 
tions. 

Other outstanding features include dc-coupled un- 
blanking, a new Tektronix flat-faced 5" cathode-ray 
tube, and versatile triggering circuitry. Accurate calibra- 
tion of both sweep and vertical amplifier permits reliable 
quantitative measurements directly from the screen. 
Functional panel arrangement and versatile control sys- 
tem makes the Type 51 5A an easy-to-use oscilloscope for 
the field and laboratory. 



4/5B 




65 



TYPE 51 5A OSCILLOSCOPE 




O 



VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — The Type 515A 
vertical passband is dc to 15 mc, risetime is 0.023 /xsec. 
The vertical attenuator is calibrated in VOLTS/CM of de- 
flection. Nine calibrated steps are provided: 0.05, 0.1, 
0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, and 20 v/cm. In addition, a vernier 
(uncalibrated) control provides for continuously-variable 
adjustment from 0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm. 

Calibration Accuracy — An internal adjustment is 
provided for setting the gain of the vertical amplifier. 
When this adjustment is accurately set with the VOLTS/CM 
switch in the 0.05 v/cm position, the vertical deflection 
factor for any other position of the switch will be within 
3 % of the panel reading for that position. 

Two Signal Inputs — Two coaxial signal input connec- 
tors with more than 60-db isolation are controlled by a 
four-position switch. The INPUT SELECTOR switch selects 
ac or dc-coupling. A blocking capacitor is inserted in the 
AC positions, limiting the low-frequency response to 2 
cycles. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 36 I'-i-d. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity is reduced by a factor 
of 10 by use of a lOx attenuator probe supplied with 



the instrument. The P410 probe presents an input im- 
pedance of 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 
10.5 mxI. 

Balanced Delay Network — A signal delay of 0.25 
/xsec is introduced by the balanced (push-pull) delay 
network. Permits observation of the leading edge of the 
waveform that triggers the sweep. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Wide Sweep Range — The Type 51 5A has 22 cali- 
brated sweep rates: 0.2, 0.5, 1 , 2, 5, 1 0, 20, 50 ttsec/cm; 
0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 millisec/cm; 0.1, 0.2, 
0.5, 1, 2 sec/cm. A single 22-position sweep-rate switch 
is used. In addition, a vernier (uncalibrated) control 
provides sweep rates continuously adjustable from 0.04 
/xsec/cm to 6 sec/cm. Calibration accuracy of the fixed 
sweep rates will typically be within 1 % of full scale, and 
in all cases within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — When the 5x magnifier is switch- 
ed in, the center two-centimeter portion of the normal 
sweep is expanded to left and right of center to fill ten 
centimeters. The HORIZONTAL POSITION control has 
sufficient range to display any one-fifth of the magnified 
sweep. Magnifier increases the calibrated sweep rate 
to 0.04 /xsec/cm. TIME/CM of the magnified sweep is 



c 



66 




4/5 S 



TYPE 515A OSCILLOSCOPE 




to 



f 



I 



indicated by a second blue-colored figure at each posi- 
tion of the sweep-rate switch. Accuracy is within 5% of 
the displayed portion of the magnified sweep. An indi- 
cator light reminds the operator when the magnifier is 
in use. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the control grid of the crt assuring 
uniform grid bias for all sweep and repetition rates. 

Triggering Facilities — Versatile triggering circuitry 
provides for complete manual control, preset stability 
control, and fully automatic triggering. 

Amplitude-Level Selection — Adjustable amplitude- 
level and stability controls for triggering the sweep at a 
selected amplitude level on the triggering waveform. Trig- 
ger source can be internal, external, or the line frequency, 
either ac or dc-coupled. The triggering point can be on 
either the positive or negative slope of the triggering 
waveform. 

Preset Stability — Same as above, except the stability 
control is preset to the optimum triggering point and re- 
quires no readjustment. 

Automatic Triggering — Automatic I e v e l-seeking 
trigger circuit provides dependable triggering for most 
applications. One simple setting assures positive sweep- 
triggering by signals of widely differing amplitudes, 
shapes, and repetition rates. No trigger controls need be 
touched until a different type of operation is desired. 
Range of automatic operation is between 60 cycles and 
2 megacycles, approximately. In the absence of an input 
signal the sweep is automatically triggered at about a 
50-cycle rate, providing a reference trace on the screen. 

High-Frequency Sync — Assures a steady display of 
Sine-wave signals up to approximately 25 megacycles. 
Requires a signal large enough to cause about 2 cm de- 
flection, or an external signal of about 2 v. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to cause 2 mm deflection. External 
triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 100 v. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier — DC-coupled external 
connection to the sweep amplifier is through a front- 
panel connector. Deflection factor is 1.4 v/cm. Frequen- 
cy response is dc to 500 kc. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Calibrator — A square-wave voltage is 
available through a front-panel coaxial connector. Eleven 
fixed voltages— 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 
and 100 volts peak-to-peak are provided. Accuracy is 
within 3%. Square-wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — 4-kv accelerating potential is 
applied to a new Tektronix 5" flat-faced precision tube, 



4/5B 



T55P, with a helical post-accelerating anode. A P-2 
phosphor is normally supplied. Other phosphors are 
available upon request. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Output Waveforms — A 30-v positive-gate waveform 
of the same time duration as the sweep, and a 1 50-v posi- 
tive-going sweep sawtooth waveform are available at 
front-panel connectors. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage variations between 105 
and 125 v or 210 and 250 v. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge- lighted graticule 
is marked in 6 vertical and 10 horizontal centimeter-divi- 
sions with 2-millimeter baseline divisions. Illumination 
is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

Warning Indicators for Uncalibrated Settings — 

Separate front-panel neon lights indicate when the verti- 
cal-attenuator and sweep-rate controls are in uncali- 
brated settings. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input CF 2 

Input amplifiers 2 

Amplifier CF 

Output amplifiers 2 

Internal trigger CF 

Trigger phase inverter 

Regenerative amplifier 

Holdoff cathode followers 

Minus multivibrator and unblanking CF . . . 
Plus multivibrator and cathode follower . . . 

Disconnect diodes 

Sweep generator and sweep generator CF. 

Positioning CF and feedback CF 

Sawtooth out CF and +gate out CF 

Horizontal output amplifiers 2 

Calibrator multivibrator 

Calibrator CF 

Voltage reference 

Regulator amplifiers 3 

Series regulator 

Series regulator 

High-voltage oscillator 

High-voltage rectifiers . 3 

High-voltage regulator 

Cathode-ray tube 



6AU6 

12BY7 

6BQ7A 

6CL6 

6BQ7A 

6U8 

6U8 

12AT7 

6AN8 

6BQ7A 

6AL5 

6AN8 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6U8 

6BQ7A 

5651 

6AU6 

6080 

6AU5 

6AQ5 

5642 

12AT7 

T55P2 




67 



TYPE 515A OSCILLOSCOPE 




Power Requirements — 105 to 1 25 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50-60 cycles, 275 watts. Type 515A-S1 operates on 50 to 
800 cycle supply; uses clc fan motor. 

Price, Type 5 1 5 A $750 

Price, Type 5 1 5A-S1 $785 

Includes: 1 — P41 attenuator probe 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Easy access to interior is provided by new three-piece cabinet design. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Cabinet and chassis are made of alumi- 
num alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 9%" wide, 13%" high, 21 V 2 " deep. 
Weight — 40 pounds. 



Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI , 97, PI 1 optional No extra charge 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Recommended Additional Accessories 

Fan Motor Kit — For converting Type 515A for use on 
50 to 800 cycle line frequency ( Type 5 1 5A-S1 ) . Contains 
brackets, rectifier, and fan motor. 

040-140 Fan Motor Kit $40.00 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



O 



c 




68 




4/se 




» 



LOW-FREQUENCY OSCILLOSCOPES 



r 



■ 



o 






i 



■ 



TYPE 502 OSCILLOSCOPE 




High-Sensitivity Dual-Beam Oscilloscope 



Sensitivity — 200 /xv/cm, dc-coupled, 
both beams. 



Differential Input — at all sensitivities. 



Sweep Magnification — 2, 5, 10 and 

20 times. 



Curve Tracing with Two Beams 

(horizontal sensitivity to 0.1 v/cm). 



Single-Beam Curve Tracing — at 
200 v/cm, both axes. 



Regulated Heater Supplies — input 
stages of amplifiers have transistor- 
regulated parallel heater supplies. 




TENTATIVE SPECIFICATIONS 

REGULAR PRODUCTION AND INITIAL SHIPMENT 

EXPECTED TO BEGIN APPROXIMATELY JUNE, 1958. 



f 



I 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 502 combines a number of ex- 
tremely useful features in one compact oscilloscope. In 
addition, it offers dual-beam displays on linear time 
bases with the high sensitivity desired in many industrial 
and scientific applications, dual-beam X-Y displays at 
medium sensitivities, and single-beam X-Y displays at 
high sensitivities. 



APPLICATIONS 

Here are just a few of the many possible uses for this 
versatile new oscilloscope: 

1. Compare and measure the waveforms at two 
points in a circuit simultaneously. 

2. Compare and measure the outputs of two trans- 
ducers on the same time base. 



3. Display X-Y curves with one or both beams in a 
variety of applications. 

4. Plot one transducer output against another — pres- 
sure against volume or temperature for instance. 

5. Compare and measure stimulus and reaction, or 
the outputs of two probes, on the same time base. 

6. Use the differential-input feature for cancellation 
of common-mode signals, and to eliminate the 
need for a common terminal, in both single and 
dual displays. 

7. Measure phase angles and frequency differences. 



VERTICAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEMS 

High-Gain DC-Coupled Amplifiers — Both vertical 
amplifiers have the same characteristics. Passbands are 
dc to 100 kc at 200 ^.v/cm, increasing to dc to 350 kc 
at 1 mv/cm and to dc to 500 kc at 50 mv/cm. 



3/5 B 




71 



TYPE 502 OSCILLOSCOPE 



Sensitivity — Vertical deflection is calibrated in six- 
teen steps: 200, 500jtiv/cm, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100 
mv/cm, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 v/cm. When the 
upper-beam amplifier is switched to the horizontal- 
deflection plates, its gain is automatically increased to 
make the horizontal and vertical sensitivities equal. 

Calibration Accuracy — Internal adjustments are 
provided for setting the gain of both amplifiers. When 
accurately set, sensitivities at all positions will be within 
3% of the panel readings. 

Differential Input — A six-posttion switch for each 
amplifier provides for differential input and single-end- 
ed input either normal through the A Input or inverted 
through the B input. An inverted display on one beam 
is sometimes desirable in comparison measurements. Re- 
jection ratios for differential inputs are approximately 
1000 to 1 from 200 /jv/cm to 1 mv/cm, diminishing to 
100 to 1 at 0.2 v/cm and 50 to 1 at 5 v/cm. 

Input Impedances — 47 /ifif paralleled by 1 meg- 
ohm, both channels. 

Probes — Two Tektronix P510A probes are supplied 
with the Type 502. With these lOx attenuator probes 
the input impedance becomes 14^/xf paralleled by 10 
megohms. 

HORIZONTAL-DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

For single-beam applications where equal horizontal 
and vertical-deflection characteristics are desirable, the 



advantages of 200 /iv/cm sensitivity and differential 
input for both horizontal and vertical deflection. A 
panel light indicates when the upper-beam amplifier is 
connected to the horizontal-deflection plates. 

Calibrated Sweeps — A single direct-reading con- 
trol is used to select any of 21 calibrated sweep rates: 
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50/xsec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 
20, 50 msec/cm, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2 and 5 sec/cm. Cali- 
bration accuracy will typically be within 1 %, and in all 
cases within 3%. 

Sweep Magnifier — Four degrees of sweep magnifi- 
cation are provided: 2, 5, 10 and 20 times. Any 10 cm 
of the magnified sweep can be displayed. Calibration 
of the magnified sweep will be accurate at all rates 
within the maximum calibrated rate of 0.5 /^sec/cm. 
Calibration accuracy is within 3% of the displayed por- 
tion of the magnified sweep. A warning light indicates 
when the maximum calibrated rate is being exceeded. 

External Input to Horizontal Amplifier — An ex- 
ternal signal can be used for horizontal deflection in 
applications such as curve tracing with both beams. Five 
calibrated sensitivity steps are provided: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 
1 and 2 v/cm. 

Automatic Triggering — The automatic triggering 
mode eliminates triggering readjustments and is suitable 
for most applications. Amplitude-level selection with 
preset stability is also available. The sweep can be op- 
erated free-running when desired. 



o 



c 



TENTATIVE SPECIFICATIONS 

REGULAR PRODUCTION AND INITIAL SHIPMENT 

EXPECTED TO BEGIN APPROXIMATELY JUNE, 1958. 



upper-beam amplifier can be switched to the crt hori- 
zontal-deflection plates. This type of operation has the 




Dual display on linear time base 



Trigger Selection — The triggering signal can be se- 
lected from either amplifier internally or from an exter- 



■OHilHilBa 









Dual display for X-Y curves 



^ 



72 




3/5 B 



I- 



TYPE 502 OSCILLOSCOPE 




nal source, and can be either ac-coupled or dc-coupled. 
The sweep can also be triggered internally at the pow- 
er-line frequency. A switch provides for triggering on 
either the rising or falling slope of the triggering signal. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to produce a 2 mm deflection. Exter- 
nal triggering — a signal of 0.2 v to 50 v. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Calibrator — A square-wave voltage is 
available through a front-panel connector. Six fixed 
voltage steps are provided: 1, 10, 100 mv, 1, 10 and 
lOOv peak-to-peak. Accuracy is within 3%. Square- 
wave frequency is about 1 kc. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A new Tektronix two-gun 
cathode-ray tube with two pairs of vertical and one pair 
of horizontal-deflection plates is used in the Type 502. 
Accelerating potential is 3 kv. Display area for each 
beam is 8 cm by 10 cm. A P2 phosphor is normally sup- 
plied, however, other phosphors are available upon re- 
quest. 

Regulated Power Supplies — Electronic regulation 
compensates for line-voltage and load variations. In 
addition, the parallel heater supplies to the input stages 
of both vertical amplifiers are transistor regulated. 

Illuminated Graticule — The edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in 9 vertical and 10 horizontal one-centimeter 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Amplifiers 4 6AU6 

Output amplifiers 4 5965 

Internal trigger amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Trigger inverter 6U8 

Trigger multivibrator 6U8 

Sweep multivibrator 2 6AN8 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Sweep generator 6U8 

Sweep cathode follower 5965 

Sweep amplifiers 2 6U8 

Calibrator multivibrator 6AN8 

Calibrator cathode follower 6AU6 

High-voltage oscillator 6CZ5 

High-voltage rectifier 2 5642 

High-voltage regulator 12AU7 

Rectifiers 4 6BW4 

Comparator amplifiers 3 6AN8 

Series regulators 4 12B4 

Voltage reference 5651 

Cathode-ray tube T60P2 

TRANSISTOR COMPLEMENT 

Heater regulator amplifiers 2 2N109 

Heater series regulator 2N301 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered forced-air ventilation maintains 



TENTATIVE SPECIFICATIONS 

REGULAR PRODUCTION AND INITIAL SHIPMENT 

EXPECTED TO BEGIN APPROXIMATELY JUNE , 1958. 



f 



I 



divisions with two-millimeter markings on the baselines. 
Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 


















■ 




















■■■US1NMB 












Single-beam X-Y curve tracing 



3/5B 



safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three- 
piece cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 23 V 2 " long, 11%" wide, 15" high. 

Weight— 55 lbs. 

Type 502 $795 

Includes: 2 — P510A attenuator probes 

2 — A510 binding post adapters 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished 

PI, P7, Pll optional 



no extra cost 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




73 




c 



*k 



I 




HIGH-SPEED OSCILLOSCOPES 



<• 



i 



o 



I 
I 



c 



°l 



I 



I 



TYPE 51 7A OSCILLOSCOPE 




for High-Speed Pulse Application 



Excellent Transient Response 

7-millimicrosecond risefime. 



Sweep Range 

0.01 ju.sec/cm to 20 /xsec/cm. 



Vertical Deflection Factor 

0.05 v/cm. 



24-kv Accelerating Potential 

Writing Rate — 1 100 cm/jusec. 

Recorded on 35 mm TRI-X film at fl.9 with 4.2 to 1 
reduction, developed 26 minutes in D-19 at 68°F. 
Trace density 0.1 above film fog. 



Sweep-Displacement Error 

Less than 2% of 8 cm. 



Signal-Displacement Error 

Less than 2% of 2 cm. 



Full 4-cm x 8-cm Deflection 



Highly Mobile 

Indicator unit and power supply mounted on 
Scope-Mobile. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 5 1 7 A Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope is 
a wide-band high-voltage instrument for the observation 
and photographic recording of very-fast-rising wave- 
forms having low duty cycle. With its risetime of 7 milli- 
microseconds, 24-kv accelerating potential, and high- 
speed sweeps, the Type 51 7 A is especially well suited 
to single-sweep applications involving transients of very 
short duration. Use of the new Tektronix metallized 
cathode-ray tube, T54PH, increases the maximum verti- 
cal deflection to a full 4 cm and improves the linearity 
of the horizontal sweep. Basic vertical deflection factor 
of the Type 517A is 0.05 volts/cm. 

Both indicator and power-supply units are mounted on 
a Type 500 Scope-Mobile, making the Type 517A a con- 
venient, mobile unit. If desired, the indicator and power- 
supply units can be easily removed from the Scope-Mo- 
bile for bench use. 




VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Distributed Amplifier — A 5-stage distributed am- 
plifier is used to derive a transient-response risetime of 
7 millimicroseconds. 

Sensitivity — Basic deflection factor is 0.05 v/cm with 
24-kv accelerating potential. A front-panel variable- 
attenuator control is provided to adjust the sensitivity. 

Input — The input of the vertical amplifier is connected 
through a coaxial connector directly to the 1 70-ohm first- 
stage grid line. 



4/5B 




77 



TYPE 51 7A OSCILLOSCOPE 





RIB 




!■■■■ 




nmnwHiKJia 


I!lfi 


m i 1 i i 



Arrow indicates 1 1 00 cm//tsec writing-rate point on 100-mc damp- 
ed oscillation, displayed on single 0.01 /usec/cm sweep of Type 51 7A 
Oscilloscope with T54P11H crt. Recorded on 35-mm TR1-X film at 
fl.9 with 4.2 to 1 reduction, developed 26 minutes in D-19 at 68 F. 

Cathode-Follower Probe — To provide higher input 
impedances, a cathode-follower probe and three capaci- 
tive attenuator heads are supplied with the Type 517A. 
The input impedance of the probe alone consists of 12 
megohms paralleled by approximately 5 fip.i, Each at- 
tenuator head will present a different input capacitance, 
decreasing with higher attenuation ratios. Each attenua- 
tor head is adjustable over a ten-to-one range by means 
of a screwdriver adjustment in the nose of the head, 
making the following deflection factors and attenuator 
ranges available: 



Total Attenuation 
at CRT 

1:1 to 2:1 

2:1 tO 4:1 

4:1 to 80:1 

40:1 to 800:1 

400:1 to 8000:1 



Deflection Factor of Type 517A 

at 24-KV Accelerating Potential 
Scope Input 0.05 to 0.1 v/cm 

Probe Body Alone 0.1 to 0.2 v/cm 

Probe with Attenuator I 0.2 to 4 v/cm 
Probe with Attenuator II 2 to 40 v/cm 

Probe with Attenuator III 20 to 400 v/cm 

Step Attenuator — A separate 170-ohm step attenu- 
ator is furnished with the Type 517. The attenuator uses 
2 % precision resistors, and covers the range of 1 to 64 db 
in 1-db steps. It is rated at 0.25 w. Also furnished is a 
1 70-ohm coaxial cable, 42" long. 

Auxiliary Power — A front-panel socket is provided 
to supply power for a cathode-follower probe or an aux- 
iliary amplifier stage connected close to the circuit under 
observation. 6.3 v dc at 1 amp and 1 20 v regulated dc 
at 10 ma are available. 

Signal Delay — Approximately 65 millimicroseconds 
of delay cable is incorporated in the vertical amplifier. 
This delay, along with an inherent 55 millimicroseconds 



















A 45 millimicrosecond pulse, initial risetime one 
millimicrosecond, displayed with a sweep time of 10 
millimicroseconds per centimeter. Note amplifier rise- 
time and freedom from ringing and overshoot. 



delay in the amplifier, permits the sweep to start before 
the signal reaches the vertical deflection plates. 

Direct Input CRT — An aperture in the side of the 
cabinet permits direct connection to the crt deflection 
plates for observation of extremely-fast transients. 

HORIZONTAL DEE LECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweep Rates — The basic sweep wave- 
form is generated by a boot-strap circuit with an inverter 
stage for balanced deflection. Eleven fixed, calibrated 
sweep rates accurate within 2 % ... 1 0, 20, 50, 1 00, 200, 
500 millimicrosecond/cm, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20 /xsec/cm are 
available at 24 kv accelerating potential; and 5, 10, 25, 
50, 100, 250 millimicrosecond/cm, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5, 10 /isec 
per cm at 1 2 kv. 

Trigger Selection — A front-panel switch selects a 
trigger from an observed signal of either polarity, an ex- 
ternal trigger source of either polarity, or the internal 
trigger generator. 

Trigger Requirements — The Type 517A uses a dis- 
tributed amplifier in the trigger circuitry to handle fast- 
rise trigger signals. An internal trigger giving a 2-mm 
deflection will trigger the Type 517A. External trigger 
requirements are 0.3 to 1 5 v. 

Trigger-Rate Generator — Internal trigger-rate 
generator is continuously variable from 15 to 15,000 
cycles in three ranges with accuracy within 5% of full 
scale. Two cathode-follower outputs are available. . . 
20 v at 50 ohms internal impedance and 60 v at 200 
ohms internal impedance. Risetime is approximately 
0.15 nsec. 

Automatic Duty-Cycle Limiter — The maximum duty 
cycle of the sweep system is automatically limited to 
about 15% to avoid exceeding the dissipation limits of 
some of the sweep circuit components. 




POWER SUPPLY 

Low Voltage — The low-voltage power supply is sep- 
arate from the indicator unit, supplying power to it by an 



78 




I 




c 




4/5 B 



TYPE 51 7A OSCILLOSCOPE 





inter-connecting cable. All dc supplies are electronically 
regulated and heaters in the indicator unit are regulated 
by a saturable-reactor method to insure stable operation 
over line-voltage variations from 105 to 125 v. 

High Voltage — Accelerating potentials for the crt 
are obtained from an oil-filled oscillator-type supply, all 
voltages electronically regulated to insure stable opera- 
tion for both load and line changes. A front-panel 
switch on the indicator unit changes the accelerating 
voltage from 24 kv to 12 kv by changing the sampling 
voltage in the regulator circuit. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — A pulse-type calibrator is 
used in the Type 517A and is available at the front- 
panel through a coaxial connector. The output voltage is 
continuously variable from 0.15 v to 50 v peak full scale 
in 6 ranges with accuracy within 4% of full scale. Fre- 
quency is approximately 25 kc. 

Horizontal-Position Vernier — In addition to the 
normal horizontal-position control, a vernier control cali- 
brated in millimeters provides accurate measurements 
over a range of 1 cm (24-kv accelerating potential) for 
use in measuring risetimes, etc. 

Metallized Cathode-Ray Tube — The Type 517A 
uses a new Tektronix crt, T54PH. The T54PH is a 5" flat- 
faced metallized precision tube with helical post-acceler- 
ating anode. It provides a full 4-cm x 8-cm viewing area 




l *..' **.f ^.r' *.:' +: «..•' «..' *.• *• *.* to.* 

',;«' H£ i'Vp^f* Jr*' Ft F® 



6 ft * £LJ£d& - - - - 






HPT 517* CATHODE-KAY OSCIUOSCCWE 



vm ***»v Attn*. 



>-H* ■•*!-,■' 




* m 



rtKFVOMX If*. PCWTLAND. OltWfT J S A 



when operated at 24-kv accelerating potential. Position 
of the high-voltage connector permits bringing the tube 
face flush with the panel. A Pll phosphor is normally 
furnished unless otherwise specified. 

Output Waveforms — In addition to the two trigger- 
rate generator outputs and calibrator output, a +GATE 
waveform of approximately 30 volts amplitude is avail- 
able. Its duration is approximately equal to the sweep 
being generated. Risetime is 0.03 fisec, from a cathode- 
follower source impedance of 200 ohms. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge- lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeter squares, 4 vertical and 8 hori- 
zontal, for convenience in making time and amplitude 
measurements. Illumination is controlled by a front- 
panel knob. 

Cathode-Ray Tube Alignment — A molded nylon 
handle on the crt socket facilitates realignment of the 
cathode-ray tube. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

First distributed amplifier 6 6AK5 

Second distributed amplifier 6 6AK5 

Third distributed amplifier . 7 6CB6 

Phase inverter stage 3 6CB6 

Driver amplifier 12 6CB6 

Output amplifier 24 6CB6 

Internal trigger coupling 6CB6 

Trigger phase-splitter 6J6 



A/SB 




79 



TYPE 51 7A OSCILLOSCOPE 



Trigger amplifier 6 6AK5 

Trigger limiter 6AG7 

Trigger switch 6AG7 

Coupling diode 6X4 

Multivibrator 2 6AG7 

Duty-cycle limiter 6AN8 

Sweep clamp 2 6AG7 

Bootstrap cathode followers 2 1 2BH7 

Decoupling diode 6X4 

Positive sweep out CF 1 2BH7 

Sweep inverter 6AG7 

Voltage regulator CF 1 2AU7 

Negative sweep clamp 6AL5 

Sweep out dc restorer 6AL5 

Unblanking amplifiers 2 6AG7 

Voltage regulator CF 6AS5 

Unblanking cathode follower 6)6 

+ Gate out cathode follower 6)6 

Cal multivibrator 1 2AU7 

Clipper 6)6 

Cal voltage adjust CF 6)6 

Cal out CF 6)6 

Trigger rate phantastron generator 6BH6 

Trigger coupling and recharging CF 1 2AU7 

Plate catcher 1 2AU7 

Blocking oscillator 12AU7 

Output cathode followers 2 1 2AU7 

Astigmatism and probe voltage CF 12AU7 

Low-voltage rectifiers 4 6X4 

Rectifier 5R4GY 

Voltage reference 5651 

Comparator 1 2AX7 

Regulator amplifiers 5 6AU6 

Series regulators 2 6AU5 

Series regulators 6 6AS7 

Heater voltage control diode 2AS-15 

Heater-regulator amplifier 6AU5 

High-voltage rectifiers 5 1X2 

High-voltage oscillator 6AU5 

Regulator amplifier 1 2AU7 

Series regulator 2 6AU5 

High-voltage time delay 6C4 

High-voltage rectifier filament oscillator . . 6AQ5 

Astigmatism and probe power CF 12AU7 

Cathode-ray tube T54P1 1 H 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures 
safe operating temperature. 



Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions — Indicator unit: l8 3 /s" high, 13" wide, 
27" deep. Power supply unit: 9 5 / 8 " high, 13" wide, 
19%" deep. 

Weight — Indicator unit: 76 pounds. Power supply 
unit: 72 pounds. Scope-Mobile: 42 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05- 1 25 v or 2 1 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 1 250 watts. 



Type 51 7A Cathode-Ray Oscilloscope. . . .$3500 

Includes: 1 — Type 500 Scope-Mobile 

1 — P170CF cathode-follower probe 

1 — B170A step attenuator 

1 — H510 viewing hood 

1 — BE510 bezel 

1 — Instruction manual 

I — PI 70 coaxial cable 



Special Models 

Type 517A-51, has sweep lockout feature for single- 
sweep operation $3536.50 

Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 



Optional Phosphors 

PI 1 phosphor normally furnished. 

PI, P2, P7 optional No extra charge 

Other phosphors can be furnished on special order. 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



o 



I 
I 



c 




80 




4/58 





JJ 



^i *r ^1 +0* 



J 




TELEVISION OSCILLOSCOPES 




o 



I 
I 



c 



( 



TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE 




Cathode-Ray 
Oscilloscope 



*• 





Frequency Response 

Normal — dc to 10 mc from 0.15 v/cm to 50 v/crn. 

2 cycles to 1 mc from 1 5 mv/cm to 50 v/cm . 
Flat — within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc. 
IRE — meets IRE standards for level measurements. 

Transient Response — 0.035-/i.sec risetime. 

Sweep Range 

Continuously variable, 0.1 jusec/cm to 0.01 sec/cm. 

Time Markers 

Five markers — 0.05 /usee, 0.1 //.sec, 1.0 jusec, 200 pips 
per television line, and 40 pips per television line. 



Sweep Delay 

Permits detailed observation of any portion of a 
single television line. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking 

Variable Duty-Cycle Amplitude Calibrator 

New Cabinet Design 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 524AD Oscilloscope is a self-con- 
tained instrument with the characteristics desirable for 



3/58 




83 



TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE 



I 
I 



maintenance and adjustment of television transmitter 
and studio equipment. The Type 524AD will prove it- 
self invaluable in enabling the engineer to observe any 
portion of the television picture — from complete frames 
to small portions of individual lines. 

Features contributing to the versatility of this oscillo- 
scope include — accurate time markers to facilitate sync- 
pulse timing, normal response of dc to 10 mc, flat re- 
sponse within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc for color-tele- 
vision work, variable-duty-cycle amplitude calibrator, 
and two steps of sweep magnification, 3x and lOx, for 
detailed observations. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier — The main vertical 
amplifier has a passband of dc to 10 mc for deflection 
factors from 0.15v/cm to 50 v/cm. Low-frequency re- 
sponse is 3 db down at 2 cycles when the AC-DC switch is 
in the AC position. An ac-coupled preamplifier switched 
in by the VOLTS/CM control provides additional deflec- 
tion factors from 0.01 5 v/cm to 0.15 v/cm. A variable 
attenuator control fills in between steps and provides 
continuously variable adjustment from 0.01 5 v/cm to 
50 v/cm. The vertical amplifier is factory adjusted for 
optimum transient response. Risetime is less than 0.035 
p.sec and the input impedance is 1 megohm paralleled by 
approximately 45 ju/xf. 

Frequency Response — A switch on the access panel 
selects the desired bandwidth of the vertical amplifier. 
The NORMal position provides a passband of dc to 
lOmc. The FLAT position provides a vertical-amplifier 
response flat within 1 % from 60 cycles to 5 mc. About 



5% overshoot will occur on extremely sharp waveforms 
when the switch is in the FLAT position; however, TV 
signals within the 5 mc passband are not affected. Re- 
sponse of the amplifier meets the IRE standards for level 
measurements when the access-panel switch is in the IRE 
position. EXTernal position provides ac-coupled external 
connections to the vertical-deflection plates, bypassing 
the main vertical amplifier but retaining the function of 
the vertical-position control. 

Two Signal Inputs — Two coaxial connectors with 
more than 50-db isolation are controlled by a front-panel 
switch. Each input can be either ac or dc-coupled to the 
vertical amplifier. 

Probe — The vertical sensitivity is reduced by a factor 
of 10 by use of a lOx attenuator probe supplied with 
the instrument. The probe presents an input impedance 
of 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 15 fxfxf. 

Delay Network — A 0.25 jusec signal-delay network 
is incorporated in the vertical amplifier to permit obser- 
vation of the waveform that triggers the sweep. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Calibrated Sweeps — The Type 524AD has a con- 
tinuously variable, linear, triggered time base covering 
the range of 0.1 jasec/cm to 0.01 sec/cm in five fixed- 
range steps. Dual sweep-time multiplier dials cover the 
range between steps. Calibration accuracy is within 5%. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The unblanking wave- 
form is dc-coupled to the grid of the cathode-ray tube 
assuring uniform bias for all sweep speeds and repeti- 
tion rates. 




o 



c 



c 



84 




3/5B 



r 



TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE 




to 




Sweep Delay — Detailed observation of any portion 
of the television picture is accomplished by continuous 
sweep delay from to 25 milliseconds. After the de- 
sired delay, the sweep is triggered by one of the line 
sync pulses. The sweep delay is adjustable with a 3- 
turn potentiometer through about 1 V2 fields, and oper- 
ates at the frame rate of 30 cycles so only consecutive 
lines of one field are observed at any time. A field-shift 
button permits switching to the corresponding interlaced 
lines in the other field. 

Sweep Magnifier — Sweep magnification is obtain- 
ed by increasing the drive to the sweep-output amplifier 
by a factor of either 3 or 10. The center portion of the 
sweep is expanded equally to left and right of center. 
The 3-turn horizontal-position control has sufficient 
range to cover the entire magnified sweep. Accuracy is 
within 5%. 

Trigger Selector — Both normal and delayed sweeps 
can be triggered by an external signal of either polarity, 
or internally by either the positive or negative portion 
of the signal under observation, or by the power-line 
frequency. 

Trigger Requirements — Internal triggering — a sig- 
nal large enough to produce a one-half centimeter de- 
flection. External — a signal of 0.5 v to 50 v. Composite 
waveform — a signal large enough to produce a 1.5- 
centimeter deflection. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Calibrator — A variable-duty-cycle square- 
wave calibration voltage is continuously variable from 
zero to 50 volts in seven ranges. Full-scale calibration 
is accurate within 3%; variable control is linear within 
1 % of full scale. Square-wave frequency is approxi- 
mately 1 kc, but the frequency will vary somewhat as 
duty cycle is varied to 1 % or 99%. 

Time-Mark Generator — Time markers are inserted 
as intensification pips on the crt trace at time intervals 
of 0.025H, 0.005H, 1 .0 /xsec, 0.1 /xsec, and 0.05 ^sec. 
Since H is 63.5 /xsec, 0.025H will give 40 pips per tele- 
vision line and 0.005H will give 200 pips per television 
line. These markers provide a means of accurately tim- 
ing the sync pulses of a composite signal. Pips spaced 
at 40 or 200 per television line are useful for adjusting 
both color and monochrome equipment. 

A phasing control permits markers to be positioned 
on any desired point of the waveform under observation. 

Output Waveforms — Positive and negative-gate 
waveforms of the same time duration as the sweep, and 
the sweep sawtooth waveform are available at front- 
panel connectors. 

Line-Indicating Video — When a picture monitor is 
connected to the coaxial connector at the rear of the cabi- 
net, the picture appearing on the monitor will be bright- 
ened during the time of the oscilloscope sweep. This 



3/5B 



technique is useful when it is desired to know what por- 
tion of the picture is being displayed on the oscilloscope. 

60-Cycle Sweep — A 60-cycle sweep with variable 
amplitude and phasing through approximately 150° is 
provided to facilitate bandwidth measurements with a 
video sweep generator. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A flat-faced 5ABP cathode- 
ray tube with 4-kv electronically-regulated accelerating 
potential is used in the Type 524AD. A P-l phosphor is 
normally supplied although other phosphors are avail- 
able upon request. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Regulated Power Supply — All dc supplies are 
electronically regulated to insure stable operation over 
line variations between 1 05-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50 to 
60 cycles. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in centimeters. Illumination is controlled by a 
front-panel knob. A graticule marked for modulation 
measurements is also supplied with the instrument. 

Probe Power Socket — A front-panel socket will 
provide power for a cathode-follower probe or auxiliary 
amplifier circuitry. 6.3 v ac at 1 amp and 1 20 v regu- 
lated dc at 15 ma are available at the socket. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Preamplifier 2 

Cathode follower 

Cathode-coupled amplifier 2 

Cathode follower 

Driver 2 

Cathode follower, constant-current triode . 

Output amplifier 6 

Voltage regulator 

Cal multivibrator 

Cal clipper amplifier and CF 

Trigger inverter and clamp diode 

Sync amplifier 

Sync separator and coupling diode 

Phantastron 

Trigger delay comparator 

Trigger amplifier 

Coupling diode 

Negative multivibrator 

Positive multivibrator 

Gate amplifier and astigmatism CF 

Unblanking amplifier 

Clamp tube 

DC restorer 



6U8 

12AT7 

6CL6 

6BQ7A 

6CL6 

6BQ7A 

6AG7 

6AS5 

12AU7 

12AT7 

6BQ7A 

12BZ7 

12BZ7 

6BH6 

12BZ7 

6AG7 

6AL5 

12BY7 

12BY7 

12AU7 

12AT7 

6AG7 

6AL5 




85 



TYPE 524AD OSCILLOSCOPE 



Cathode follower 1 2AT7 

Decoupling diode and CF 12AT7 

Feedback amplifier 6U8 

Clamp and CF 1 2AT7 

Sweep-output amplifier 2 6AH6 

Sweep-output cathode follower 6BQ7A 

Voltage reference . 5651 

Regulator amplifier 4 6AU6 

Regulator series tube 2 12B4 

Rectifiers 3 6X4 

Voltage-comparator amplifier 12AX7 

Regulator series tube 6AS7 

Regulator series tube 6AS5 

Time-mark pulse shaper and CF 6BQ7A 

Marker phase multivibrator 6U8 

Time-mark oscillator 6AK5 

Pulse amplifier 6BQ7A 

High-voltage regulator amplifier 12AU7 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High-voltage rectifier 3 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 5ABP1 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 25" long, 1 3" wide, 16 3 / 4 " high. 
Weight — 61 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 21 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 500 watts. 

Price $1180 



Includes: 1 — P510A attenuator probe 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 

1 — TV RMA style graticule (331-009) 

1 — H510 viewing hood 

1 — Instruction manual 

Special Models 

Rack Mounting Add $45 

Since special models require additional manufacturing 
time, please check with your Tektronix Field Engineer or 
Representative for exact delivery schedules. 

Optional Phosphors 

PI crt phosphor normally furnished. 

P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type 500 Scope-Mobile $97.50 

P500CF Cathode-Follower Probe has input impedance 
of 40 megohms paralleled by 4 fxfii and gain of 0.8 to 
0.85. With lOx attenuator head, input impedance is 10 
megohms paralleled by 2 ja/af. Amplitude distortion is 
less than 3% on undirectional signals up to 5 v. .$64.00 

See Accessory Section of this catalog for 75-ohm co- 
axial cables, pads, and terminating resistors. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




c 




86 




3/5 B 




to 




TYPE 525 TELEVISION WAVEFORM MONITOR 



for Monochrome and Color Telecasters 




Frequency Response 

FLAT — within 1 % between 60 cycles and 5 mc. 

LOW PASS — passes stair steps, eliminating high 
frequencies. 

HIGH PASS — passes high frequencies, eliminating stair 
steps. 

IRE — meets IRE standards for level measurements. 

Excellent Linearity 

Insures accurate color signal linearity measurements. 

Automatically-Synchronized Sweeps 

Both field and line rates. 

Keyed Clamp-Type DC Restorer 
Gain Stability Within 1 % 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 525 Television Waveform Monitor 
displays the composite video waveform with the preci- 
sion required for all television broadcasting. Exacting 
demands of the color-television broadcaster for an accu- 



3/5B 




rate display of signal linearity, level, and bandwidth 
are fulfilled with the Type 525. 

Special features of the Type 525: Four vertical-ampli- 
fier response characteristics, automatically-synchronized 
sweeps at line or field rate, bridging, or terminating, or 
differential signal inputs, keyed dc restorer, stable gain 
characteristics. Simplicity of controls aids in easy monitor 
operation. 

VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Frequency Response — A response selector switch 
selects any one of four characteristics: IRE, with high- 
frequency cutoff about 2 mc in accordance with IRE 
standards for level measurements; FLAT, within 1 %, be- 
tween 60 cycles and 5 mc; LOW PASS, passes the stair 
steps but eliminates the high frequencies; HIGH PASS, 
with increase in gain adjustable to 5x, excludes the stair 
steps but passes the high frequencies for linearity tests. 

Sensitivity — The basic deflection factor of the vertical 
amplifier is 0.015 v/cm. A three-step attenuator, 1 x, 2x, 
5x, and variable gain control can adjust the waveform to 
fill the graticule. 

Stability — Electronic regulation of all dc power, and 
use of current stabilization in the amplifier, maintains 



87 



TYPE 525 TELEVISION WAVEFORM MONITOR 



stability and constant gain. Minimum adjustment of the 
monitor is required after it is once set. Gain stability is 
within 1 % over a ten-hour period. 

Linearity — The vertical amplifier linearity is well 
above the requirements for highly accurate color-tele- 
vision video signal linearity measurements. Signals can 
be expanded to the equivalent of 35 cm, with any 7 cm 
accurately displayed on the screen. 

DC Restorer — A clamp circuit, keyed by a pulse de- 
rived from the sync-separator circuit, restores the dc level 
of the display to the tip of the sync pulse at each line- 
frequency pulse. The restorer can be switched in or out 
as desired. 

Vertical Input Connectors — All input connectors 
are located at the rear of the instrument. The vertical 
deflection system has push-pull input to permit two 
single-ended signals to be applied to the monitor at the 
same time. They can be independently selected, rapidly 
compared, or applied differentially, to cancel out in- 
phase unwanted signals, by a front-panel switch. Each 
input is paralleled with another coaxial connector to 
permit the monitor to bridge or terminate the video cir- 
cuit. The 75-ohm terminating resistors are supplied with 
the instrument. 



HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Sync Separator — A sync-separator circuit receives 
the composite video signal either internally from a point 
on the vertical amplifier, or through an external-trigger 
connector located at the rear of the instrument. External 
triggering requires a signal of at least 0.5-v amplitude. 

Field and Line Speeds — The sweep will synchronize 
automatically with either line or field pulses. Sweep fre- 
quencies correspond to 7875 cycles for line and 30 cy- 
cles for field frequencies. A front-panel switch selects 
one or the other sweep frequency. 

Horizontal Rate, Magnifier — The variable HORI- 
ZONTAL RATE control adjusts the sweep-time rate so 2, 
3, or 4 lines or fields can be displayed at one time. A 
three-position switch selects accurate magnification of 
the sweep by lx, 5x, or 25x. Magnification expands the 
portion of the sweep that is centered, equally to right 
and left of screen center. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Amplitude Calibrator — The calibrator provides 
pulses with a duty cycle of about 75%, and with ampli- 
tudes between .015 volts and 1.5 volts, peak-to-peak, 
continuously adjustable in four ranges, 0.05, 0.15, 0.5, 
and 1.5 volts. Accuracy is within 2% of full scale on all 
ranges. The continuously-adjustable interpolating con- 
trol is linear within 1 %. 



88 



Cathode-Ray Tube — The T52P, a Tektronix crt, is 
used in the Type 525. The T52P is a precision 5" flat- 
faced tube with a helical post-accelerating anode, pro- 
viding 8 cm of linear vertical deflection. 4-kv acceler- 
ating potential provides a bright trace. PI phosphor is 
provided, although other phosphors are available upon 
request. 

Regulated Power Supply — DC power supplies are 
regulated to maintain constant dc voltages for changes 
in load, and for ac input voltages between 105 and 125 
volts, or 210 and 250 volts, 50 to 60 cycles. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-illuminated grati- 
cule is marked in percentage, to +100 and — 40. Each 
centimeter division equals 20%. Illumination is con- 
trolled by a front-panel knob. 

External Time Markers — A binding post, located 
at the rear of the instrument, is available for applying 
externa! time markers to the crt cathode. 

Accessibility — The Type 525 cabinet is designed for 
standard rack mounting. Chassis is attached to the cab- 
inet with a slide-out mounting that permits it to be tilted 
vertically, providing easy access to all components. 

Internal Adjustments — Internal-adjustment con- 
trols, which may require readjustment occasionally, are 
mounted on the left of the chassis near the front, easily 
accessible to the operator from his position in front of 
the instrument by sliding the monitor partly out of the 
case. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input cathode followers 

Vertical phase splitter amplifier 2 

Cathode followers 

Preamplifier 2 

Preamplifier output CF 

Cathode followers 

Cathode followers 

Keyed-clamp diodes 2 

High-pass amplifier 

Cathode followers 

Output amplifier 2 

Internal trigger inverter 

External trigger inverter 

Sync-separator and clamp 

Keying-pulse pickoff and shaper 

Keying-pulse shaper and shaper-splitter . . 

Disconnect and clamp diode 

Clamp diode and unblanking CF 

Phantastron sweep generator 

Cathode followers 

Sweep amplifier 

Cathode followers 

Sweep output amplifier 

Cal multivibrator and CF 

Cal multivibrator and amplifier 



12AT7 

6CB6 

6BQ7A 

6CL6 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6AL5 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6CL6 

6U8 

6U8 

6U8 

6U8 

6BQ7A 

6AL5 

6BQ7A 

6AS6 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 

6BQ7A 



o 



c 





3/58 



TYPICAL COLOR-TV WAVEFORMS AS VIEWED ON THE 
TYPE 525 TELEVISION WAVEFORM MONITOR 





Fig. 1 — Color-bar waveform with FLAT vertical response. 




Fig. 3 — Fig. 1 waveform with HIGH-PASS response. 



Fig. 5 — Same waveform as Fig. 4 with LOW-PASS response. 




Fig. 7 — Horizontal-sync pulse with color burst — FLAT vertical 
response. 




Fig. 2 — Same waveform as Fig. 1 with LOW-PASS response. 






Fig. 6 — Fig. 4 waveform with HIGH-PASS response. 





Fig. 8 — Same as Fig. 7 with sweep magnified 5 times. 
Photos taken through the courtesy of KPTV, Portland, Oregon. 



3/5 B 




89 



TYPE 525 TELEVISION WAVEFORM MONITOR 



Calibrator clamp and CF 6BQ7A 

Voltage reference tube 5651 

Comparator 1 2AT7 

Comparator 6U8 

Regulator amplifier and CF 6U8 

Series regulator 1 2B4 

Series regulator 6080 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

Voltage reference CF and regulator 1 2AT7 

Comparator 6U8 

High-voltage rectifiers 3 5642 

Cathode-ray tube T52P1 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Cabinet designed to mount in a relay rack. 
Chassis slides forward out of the cabinet and tilts up for 
convenience in servicing. 

Shock Mount — High-gain stages of the vertical ampli- 
fier are shock mounted to reduce vacuum-tube micro- 
phonics. 

Ventilation — Safe operating temperature is maintain- 
ed by filtered, forced-air ventilation. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy cabinet and chassis. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 8-23/32" high, 19" wide, 20%" rack 
depth, 22 y 4 " overall. 

Weight — 54 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 or 21 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 380 watts. 

Type 525 $1050 

Includes: 1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 
2 — 75-ohm termination resistors 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

PI crt phosphor normally furnished. 

P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Special Models 

Type 525MOD1 1 1 — Equipped with intensifier for 
vertical-blanking-interval test signal. Additional circuit- 
ry provides for displaying the two or three lines of the 
vertical blanking interval that are used to carry trans- 
mission test signals. The cathode-ray tube is unblanked 



only during the test-signal period. Sweep speed is 
automatically increased to a maximum sweep duration 
of approximately 60 /xsec so that a single line of the 
test signal can be displayed over the full screen width. 
Sweep repetition rate Is consequently increased to 
15.75 kc for maximum brightness. The start of the un- 
blanking period is adjustable between 13 and 21 lines 
after the beginning of the vertical blanking interval; 
thus including all lines suitable for carrying test signals. 

Type 525MOD1 11 $1 095,00 

Modification Kit K525-111, for making above modi- 
fication to existing instruments $35.00 





Fig. 9 — Two-line test signal displayed at field 
sweep rate with 25-times sweep magnification. 
Vertical amplifier is set at FLAT response, (flat from 
60 cycles to 5 mc) . 




Fig. 10 — Same test signal displayed with intensi- 
fier turned on. Sweep duration 60 /xsec at line 
rate, vertical amplifier set at FLAT response. 




Fig. 11 — Same test signal displayed with vertical 
amplifier switched to LOW PASS response. Sweep 
duration 70 /isec at half the line rate. 




c 



Fig. 12 — Cross-modulation check — same test sig- 
nal displayed with vertical amplifier switched to 
HIGH PASS response. Shows relative amplifications 
at the three luminance levels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




I 



90 




3/5 B 



I 



' 
























H 
• 


> 

RACK 
> 


:-moi 


UNTING OSCILLOSCOPES 



o 



€ 



C 






TYPE RM35 OSCILLOSCOPE 




RACK-MOUNTING 5-INCH OSCILLOSCOPE 
With The Tektronix Plug-In Feature 



* 



Calibrated Sweep Delay 

1 /xsec to 0.1 sec, continuously vari- 
able. 

Two Operating Modes 

Conventional Operation — Inherent 
time-jitter less than 1 part in 
20,000. 

Triggered Operation — Jitter-free at 
any magnification, even in the 
presence of actual signal jitter. 

Accurate Calibration 

Range accuracy within 1%, incre- 
mental accuracy within 0.2% of 
full scale. 

Trigger Rate Source 

10 cycles to 40 kc, continuously vari- 
able. 







r 



■ 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM35 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
535 Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM35 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 535 Oscillo- 
scope. Controls and terminals are located for maximum 
convenience in rack-mounted operation. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alumi- 
num cabinet. 



Dimensions— 14" high, 19" wide, 22 %" rack depth. 
Please see page 100 for complete dimensions. 
Weight — 68 pounds. 



Type RM35, without plug-in units $1400 

Includes: 2 — P510A probes 

2 — A510 binding post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f .o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



5/5B 




93 



TYPE RM45 OSCILLOSCOPE 



RACK-MOUNTING 5-INCH OSCILLOSCOPE 
With The Tektronix Plug-In Feature 




Calibrated Sweep Delay 

1 fisec to 0.1 sec, continuously vari- 
able. 



Two Operating Modes 

Conventional Operation — Inherent 
time-jitter less than 1 part in 
20,000. 

Triggered Operation — Jitter-free at 
any magnification, even in the 
presence of actual signal jitter. 

Accurate Calibration 

Range accuracy within 1%, incre- 
mental accuracy within 0.2% of 
full scale. 



Trigger Rate Source 

10 cycles to 40 kc, continuously vari- 
able. 




o © 



^^4 MMM-Wfttfl CUHUm 



■!«*« .f u M DiiAT li mi 




MLHimilR mi «|*0HilHi '.lAftiLII ■ 

O O Q 

main mm ^K^^ 



MiHtlhit* OELAfiNO SiAUUrr 

110 SWEEP ">"i«i"»i« 

ntuouwQ ina 



HOtlZONlAl DISPLAf 




c 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM45 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
545 Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM45 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 545 Oscillo- 
scope. Controls and terminals are located for maximum 
convenience in rack-mounted operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alumi- 
num cabinet, 



Dimensions— 14" high, 19" wide, 22 y 2 " rack depth. 
Please see page 100 for complete dimensions. 
Weight — 68 pounds. 

Type RM45, without plug-in units $1550 

Includes: 2 — P410 probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



°i 



94 




5/s e 



I 




* 



f 



I 



TYPE RM41 OSCILLOSCOPE 



RACK-MOUNTING 5-INCH OSCILLOSCOPE 
With The Tektronix Plug-In Feature 



Excellent Transient Response 

Main-unit vertical-amplifier risetime 
— 10 millimicroseconds. 

Wide Range of Vertical-Amplifier 
Characteristics 

Instant convertability through inter- 
changeable plug-in preamplifiers. 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.02 jusec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

1 0-kv Accelerating Potential 

Full 4 cm x 1 cm Linear Deflection 




U WL 

i: 


. ^k |Mk , — - -— row** 

.-€#,„• • 




""§ 


>-■ ^^j- rr»* 5VS4C HU&IN LWIT 




i: 


Jffl» *@ *% 

M ^, JSSSStmSu 


« 


- -*k~- , ._ ^ 



TVPf R/M41 OSCIUOSCOPf 



5 



© 



NWMM r*i«AK» 




W 




1MIIQNM, MC, KWTuiHD. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM41 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
541 Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM41 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 541 Oscillo- 
scope. Controls and terminals are located for maximum 
convenience in rack-mounted operation. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alumi- 
num cabinet. 



Dimensions— 14" high, 19" wide, 22%" rack depth. 
Please see page 100 for complete dimensions. 
Weight — 64 y 2 pounds. 



Type RM41, 

Includes: 



without plug-in units 



$1245 



2 — P410 probes 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 

1 — Test lead (012-031) 

1 — Green filter (378-514) 

1 — Instruction manual 



Painted Panels 









Tektronix instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 






5/5B 




95 



TYPE RM31 OSCILLOSCOPE 



RACK-MOUNTING 5-INCH OSCILLOSCOPE 
With The Tektronix Plug-In Feature 




Wide Range of Vertical-Amplifier 
Characteristics 

Instant convertibility through inter- 
changeable plug-in preamplifiers. 

Excellent Transient Response 

Main-unit vertical-amplifier risetime 
— 0.03 jusec. 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.02 jusec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability controls, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

1 0-K V Accelerating Potential 

Bright display at low repetition rates. 
250-cm/jusec writing rate. 

6-cm Linear Vertical Deflection 




ft 

mm 

I 



j 






fH «@ £ ^ 




& c 



tOWlOH 



MM •■> 







© 



VQUMI W*V» J.L'#«*':i* 





FUN/CH 

mum mm 



: j4^' £4^o 4^ 



MOIIJONIM DUTUW 



V 
*' 



out 



■w N»llAMi Ottf&ON, U V* 




^ 



«* 



c 



GENf RAt DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM31 is a mechancally rearranged Type 
531 Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM31 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 531 Oscillo- 
scope. Controls and terminals are located for maximum 
convenience in rack-mounted operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alumi- 
num cabinet. 



Dimensions— 14" high, 19" wide, 22 V 2 " rack depth. 
Please see page 1 00 for complete dimensions. 
Weight — 64% pounds. 

Type RM31, without plug-in units $1095 



Includes: 2 — P510A probes 

2 — A510 binding post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031 ) 
1 — F510-5 green filter (378-503) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



°i 



96 




5/5B 



I 



■i 




r 



■ 



TYPE RM32 OSCILLOSCOPE 



RACK-MOUNTING 5-INCH OSCILLOSCOPE 
With The Tektronix Plug-In Feature 



Designed for Extra Dependability 

Wide Sweep Range 

0.2 /xsec/cm to 12 sec/cm. 

DC-Coupled Vertical Amplifier 

Passband with wide-band plug-in 
units — dc to 5 mc. 

Risetime with wide-band plug-in 
units — 0.07 ^usec. 

Versatile Triggering Circuitry 

Amplitude-level selection with preset 
or manual stability control, and 
fully-automatic triggering. 

Horizontal Input Amplifier 



8-cm Linear Vertical Deflection 
DC-Coupled Unblanking 




_ © 






• 
wmmm 

II 


— = . 

«04fen 

*^^^ h . 1 KKJtMTP VHIKM 

,^H|^ , — — — KWiikjk 


— « L 


** ^ WW 53./54C PIUC-IN UWT 


yan/cM 

** HB* 



TVPt RM32 OSCrUOSCOP£ 

HIUl 



V 






''I-' '- ...—-—■.-— 



Mil HUT 



out 



tibHomtji iw 



c 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM32 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
532 Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in 
any of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM32 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 532 Oscillo- 
scope. Controls and terminals are located for maximum 
convenience in rack-mounted operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alumi- 
num cabinet. 



Dimensions— 14" high, 19" wide, 22 y 2 " rack depth. 
Please see page 100 for complete dimensions. 
Weight — 55 pounds. 



Type RM32, without plug-in units $925 

Includes: 2 — P510A probes 

2 — A510 binding post adapters 
1 — Test lead (012-031) 
1 — F5I0-5 green filter (378-503) 
1 — Instruction manual 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



5/5B 




97 



TYPE RM15 OSCILLOSCOPE 



Rack-Mounting 5-Inch Oscilloscope 





Frequency Response — DC to 1 5 mc. 
Transient Response — 0.023-jusec risetime. 

Vertical Deflection Factor 

9 calibrated steps from 0.05 v/cm to 20 v/cm. 
0.05 v/cm to 50 v/cm, continuously variable. 

Sweep Range 

22 calibrated steps from 0.2 sec/cm to 2 sec/cm. 
0.04 /Asec/cm to 6 sec/cm, continuously variable 
Accurate 5x magnifier increases calibrated rate to 
0.04 ,u,sec/cm. 

Triggering 

Amplitude-level selection with preset or manual sta- 
bility control, and fully-automatic triggering. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM15 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
515A Oscilloscope, for mounting in a standard 19-inch 
rack. The instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out 
tracks. It can be pulled forward, tilted, and locked in any 
of seven positions for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM15 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 515A Oscillo- 
scope. Controls and terminals are located for maximum 
convenience in rack-mounted operation. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy chassis and two-piece 
cabinet. Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alumi- 
num cabinet. 

Dimensions — 8%" high, 19" wide, 23" rack depth. 
Please see page 100 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — 43 pounds. 

Type RM15 (50 to 60 cycle supply) $825 

Type RM15-S1 (50 to 800 cycle supply) $860 

Includes: 1 — P41 attenuator probe 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Green filter (378-514) 
1 — Instruction manual 



c 



Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



^ 



98 




5/5B 



I 



TYPE RM16 OSCILLOSCOPE 




Rack-Mounting 3-fnch Oscilloscope 



f 



m 





Rack height only 7 inches. 

Frequency Response 

DC to 10 mc at 0.1 v/div to 125 v/div. 

2 cycles to 1 mc at 0.01 v/div to 0.1 v/div. 

Transient Response 

Risetime — 0.035 ,usec. 

Sweep Range 

22 calibrated sweep rates from 0.2 //.see/div to 2 sec/ 
div, continuously variable from 0.04 /xsec/div to 
6 sec/div. Accurate 5x magnifier increases cali- 
brated rate to 0.04 /xsec/div. 

Triggering 

Amplitude-level selection with preset or manual sta- 
bility control, and fully-automatic triggering. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM16 is a mechanically rearranged Type 316 
Oscilloscope for mounting in a standard 1 9-inch rack. The 
instrument mounts to the rack on slide-out tracks. It can 
be pulled forward and tilted for servicing convenience. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the RM16 are the same 
as described for the Tektronix Type 316. Please refer 
to the Type 316 Section for compete electrical specifi- 
cations. Controls and terminals are located for maxi- 
mum convenience in rack-mounted operation. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 



Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Slide-out mounting. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched alum- 
inum cabinet. 

Dimensions— 19" wide, 7" high, 17%" rack depth. 
Please see page 100 for complete dimensions. 

Weight — Approximately 40 pounds. 

Type RM16 (50 to 60 cycle supply) $795 

Type RM16-S1 (50 to 800 cycle supply) $830 

Includes: 1 — P51 0A attenuator probe 

2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Green filter (378-509) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Special Models 

Type RSI 6 — A two-unit model of the Type RM16 
for racks with limited depth. The power-supply unit has 
a built-in fan for forced ventilation. The indicator unit 
requires a minimum of 50 cfm of cooling air from a sep- 
arate source to prevent overheating when operated 
continuously. Both units bolt directly to the rack; do not 
have slide-out mounting. A 60" power cable is fur- 
nished. Dimensions are: Indicator Unit — 7" high, 19" 
wide, 1 1 %" deep; Power Supply— 7" high, 19" wide, 
5V 2 " deep. 

Type RS16 . $850 

Prices f .o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



5/5B 




99 



MOUNTING DIMENSIONS 



for Tektronix RM Oscilloscopes 




B 



n 



KJ 




r 



TYPICAL RACK CHANNEL 



A 



u 



H 



irr 



u 



-i 



CABINETS OF RM15 AND 
RM16 DO NOT MOUNT TO RACK 




L — INST. UP 

ty M—INST. DOWN 



f\|— INST. UP 
Q—INST. DOWN 



I 

J 

J 



K 




C3 



INST. 


A 


B 


c 


D 


E 


F 


G 


H 




RM15 


^6"A6 


19 


22 % 


8% 


21% 


*16% 


*29'/l6 


V4 




RM16 


16 3 / 4 


19 


17% 


6'3/,6 


1 6%, 


* 1 2% 6 


*24% 6 


'/4 




RM30/40 


i7y 2 


19 


22% 


13^/16 


21% 


16% 


285/16 


5 /l6 






INST. 


J 


K 


L 


M 


N 


O 


P 


Q 


R 


RM15 


8"A 6 


T/a 


8%* 


6V 2 


6% 


8%* 


10 "/u 


123/4 


* 29 3/4 


RM16 


7 


iy 2 


a 13 /,. 


413/16 


4^/u 


B U A6 


8 y 4 


121/4 


*25 


RM30/40 


\3"A 6 


1% 


5% A 


6 'A 


6 y 4 


5%6 


131/4 


1 27/,6 


28'3/„ 




♦DIMENSION DETERMINED WITH TRACK MOUNTED ON FRONT OF RACK 



100 




5/5B 



I 










to 



CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACERS 



f 



A family of characteristic curves, presented on 
the screen of a cathode-ray tube, provides accu- 
rate information on the behavior of active circuit 
elements under the operator's selected conditions. 



i 



o 



c 



°l 



I 



TYPE 570 CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACER 




Pictures Dynamic Electron -Tube Characteristics 



to 



r 



Displays Family of Curves on CRT Screen 

Four to twelve characteristic curves per family. 

Plots All Important Characteristics 

Plate current against plate or grid voltage. 
Screen current against plate or grid voltage. 
Grid current against plate or grid voltage. 

Positive-Bias Curves 

Plots up to 8 positive-bias curves per family. 

Calibrated Controls 

Accurate current and voltage readings directly from 
the crt screen. 

Wide Display Range 

1 1 current ranges from 0.02 ma/div to 50 ma/div. 

9 voltage ranges from 0.1 v/div to 50 v/div. 
11 series-load resistors from 300 ohms to 1 megohm. 

7 grid-step values from 0.1 v/step to 10 v/step. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Tracer 
presents an accurate graphic analysis of electron-tube 
characteristics under almost any conceivable operating 
conditions. Circuit design can now be tailored to more 
closely fit the operating characteristics of available 
tubes. Tubes can be selected faster and more accurately 
for circuits requiring other than average electron-tube 
characteristics. Two-socket arrangement with front-panel 
switching permits rapid comparisons between two tubes, 
or two sections of the same tube. You can also make 
rapid comparisons with preselected curves outlined on 
a crt mask. Patch-cord connector system with socket- 
adapter plates gives you complete control of operating- 
condition setup. Various socket-adapter plates fur- 
nished and wide range of heater voltages available fit 
the requirements of practically all receiving-type 
electron tubes. 

The Type 570 is also an excellent tool for the instruc- 
tor in electronics, both in the classroom and in the 
laboratory. 



CATHODE -RAY-TUBE DISPLAY 

Vertical Axis — Concentric controls provide for se- 
lection of plate, screen, or grid current display; and se- 
lection of any one of eleven current-per-division values 
—0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, and 50 
ma/div. A graticule divides the screen into ten vertical 
divisions. Calibration accuracy is within 3%, permitting 
accurate current readings directly from the screen. 




Horizontal Axis — Either plate or grid voltage can 
be displayed on the horizontal axis, and nine voltage- 
per-division values are available — 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 
10, 20, and 50 v/div. Ten horizontal divisions are scrib- 
ed on the graticule. Calibration accuracy is within 3%, 
permitting accurate voltage readings directly from the 
screen. 

Positioning — Concentric controls provide for both 
vertical and horizontal positioning of the display. 



CRT DISPLAY 



PIAIE 



VERTICAL 

MA/DIV 



A 



5CRE1 M 



HORIZONTAL 

VOLTS/DIV 

w Art GBtD 





*«# 




POSITIONING 

' ! CAl 
HORIZONTAL 




I 



3/5B 




103 



TYPE 570 CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACER 



GRID-STEP GENERATOR 

Family of Curves — A variable control is provided to 
adjust the number of curves in the display. As few as 
four and as many as twelve curves can be selected. A 
single family can be safely displayed with the tube un- 
der heavy overload conditions by means of a position on 
the STEPS/FAMILY control and a push button. With the 
STEPS/FAMILY control in the single-family position, 
pressing the button applies the selected conditions to 
the tube for only a fraction of second. Use of the SINGLE 
FAMILY push button permits observation or photography 
of tube characteristics under unusual conditions without 
danger of damage to the tube under test. 

The STEPS/SEC switch controls the switching-rate of 
the step generator. A 1 20 or 240-steps/sec rate can be 
selected. The extra 1 20-steps/sec position causes switch- 
ing to occur at the opposite end of the characteristic 
curve, for convenience when the area of interest is at 



GRID-STEP GENERATOR 



no 




120 



ZERO 
BIAS 



« 



v 



y 




either end of the curves displayed. (When the Type 570 
is used with a 50-cycle supply frequency, the step/sec 
rate will be either 1 00 or 200. ) 

Bias voltage applied to the grid of the tube under test 
is impressed in a series of steps to produce the number of 
curves desired in the display. The voltage difference be- 
tween steps Is selected by a seven-position switch. Cali- 
brated switch positions are: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, and 
10 volts/step, accurate within 3%. Up to 150 ma peak 
grid current is available. A variable control is provided 
to adjust the starting point to a positive voltage, zero, or 
a negative voltage. Pressing the ZERO BIAS push button 
causes the display of the zero-bias curve only, to use as 
a reference in adjusting the starting point. As many as 
eight positive-bias curves can be included in the display. 



PLATE-SWEEP GENERATOR 

An eleven-position switch selects the desired series- 
load resistance for the plate circuit of the tube under test. 
Series-load values are: 300 ohms, 1 Ic, 2 k, 5 k, 10 k, 
20 k, 50 k, 100 k, 200 k, 500 k, and 1 megohm. Power- 
handling capacity of all load resistors is sufficient to dis- 
sipate the maximum power available in the plate circuit. 

The peak voltage applied to the plate through the 



PLATE-SWEEP GENERATOR 



SERIES LOAD 

RESISTANCE OHMS 
SOK !° K 10K 



100K 



2Q0K 



500K 




PIAK VOLTS 

50 100 



200 



300 




300 



500 



HPCDATtUr tl/MTl Ar, 



series-load resistance is selected by an eight-position 
switch. Peak voltages are: 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300, 
and 500 volts. 



OPERATING VOLTAGES 

Heater voltage is available in 17 fixed steps: 1.25, 
1.4, 2.0, 2.35, 2.5, 3.15, 4.2, 4.7, 5.0, 6.3, 7.5, 12.6, 
18.9, 25, 35, 50, and 117 volts ac. A control permits 
adjusting the selected heater voltage approximately 
±20% for simulating the effects of low or high line 
voltage. The variable control provides sufficient spread 



OPERAIING VOLTAGES 



HEATER 



VARSABU 




i ?s m 




ioo 




*>~- I J ( K "~*v 



,w^W 'V™-.-. ■"' \V^^>7 





Tt-KIKONIX INC 

between steps to supply the proper heater voltage for 
practically all receiving-type vacuum tubes. Maximum 
power available from the heater transformer is 30 watts. 

Positive dc voltage is available in five calibrated steps: 
20, 50, 100, 200, and 300 volts, accurate within 3%. 
The positive voltage is also continuously variable from 
approximately 10 to 300 v. Up to 50 ma steady current 
is supplied. An adequate reserve is available for higher 
peak currents. 

Negative dc voltage is available, continuously vari- 
able from to — 100 v. The negative dc supply is cap- 
able of delivering up to 1 watt. 



o 



c 



•i 



104 




3/58 



I 



TYPE 570 CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACER 




to 



r 



VOLTMETER 

The built-in voltmeter indicates the positive and nega- 
tive operating voltages in seven ranges: to 7, 14, 35, 
70, 140, 350, 700 volts. The voltmeter can be switched 
to show the percent of heater voltage indicated by the 
heater-voltage selector switch. 






ADAPTER PLATES 



Eight quick-changing adapter plates are furnished 
with the Type 570 — 2 with octal sockets, 2 with nine- 




pin miniature sockets, 2 with seven-pin miniature sockets, 
and 2 with pilot holes only. Plate receptacle holds any 
two adapter plates at the same time. Small banana jacks 
connect to each socket terminal. Three types of patch 
cords are also furnished, making it possible to connect 
any tube element to any voltage supplied by the 
instrument. 



OTHER FEATURES 

Tube-Socket Switching — The TEST POSITION switch 
in the center of the front panel is used to switch in either 
of two vacuum tubes during comparison tests. It has an 
OFF position for changing tubes and for establishing a 
reference trace on the screen. Controt-grid potential 
drops to — 1 50 v in the off position. 

Safety Switch — The extremely flexible operational- 
setup facility of the Type 570 requires that potentially 
dangerous voltages be present at the patch panel. All 
voltages to the patch panel can be removed by a front 
panel switch for safety and convenience while changing 
the operation setup. A jewel light indicates when power 
is present at the patch panel. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic voltage regu- 
lation is used to compensate for line-voltage changes 



between 105 and 125 volts or 210 and 250 volts, and 
for variations in loading. All voltages affecting calibra- 
tions are fully regulated. Heater, negative-dc, and 
peak-plate supplies are unregulated. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A Tektronix T52P cathode-ray 
tube is used in the Type 570. Accelerating potential is 
approximately 4 kv. PI phosphor is supplied unless an- 
other phosphor is specifically requested. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 
lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Illuminated Graticule — The 10 x 10-division grati- 
cule is edge-lighted. Illumination of the graticule is 
controlled by a front-panel knob. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Split-load phase inverters and 

shaper amplifiers 2 6AN8 

Rectifiers 2 6AL5 

Cathode follower and step-control CF . . . . 1 2AT7 

Clamp and coupling diode 6AL5 

Grid-step generator 6AU6 

Step-generator cathode followers 1 2AT7 

Step multivibrator 6AN8 

Disconnect diodes 6AL5 

Step CF and voltage regulator CF 1 2AX7 

Step amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Step amplifier 1 2AT7 

Cathode follower 6CL6 

Plate power-supply rectifiers 2 6AX4 

Rectifier diodes 6AL5 

Horizontal-deflection amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Horizontal-deflection amplifier CF 2 6AU6 

Horizontal-deflection output amplifiers . . . 6BQ7A 

Vertical-deflection amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Vertical-deflection output amplifiers 6BQ7A 

Variable dc-supply rectifier 6AX5 

Fixed dc-supply rectifier 4 6X4 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifier and series regulator . . 6AN8 

Regulator amplifier 6AN8 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

Series regulator 6CD6GA 

Variable dc-supply CF 1 2AT7 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

Regulator amplifier and CF 1 2AU7 

High-voltage rectifiers 2 5642 

Cathode-ray tube T52P1 



I 



3/5B 




105 



TYPE 570 CHARACTERISTIC-CURVE TRACER 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation maintains 
safe operating temperatures. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodlzed panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 16 Vz" high, 13" wide, 24 y 2 " deep. 

Weight — 75 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 or 21 0-250 v, 50 or 
60 cycles, 400 watts maximum, 300 watts standby. 

Price $925 

Includes: 2 — 7 pin adapter plates (012-004) 
2 — 8 pin adapter plates (016-005} 
2 — 9 pin adapter plates (016-006) 
2 — Blank adapter plates (016-007) 
5 — Double patch cords black 6" (012-023) 
5 — Double patch cords red 6" (012-024) 
2 — Suppressor cords 100 £2 6" (012-025) 
2 — Suppressor cords 300 P. 6" (012-026) 



2 — Suppressor cords 1 k 6" (012-027) 

5 — Single patch cords block 6" (012-028) 

5 — Single patch cords red 6" (012-029) 

5 — 1/16 amp 3AG Fast-Bio fuses 

1— 6U8 

1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

PI crt phosphor normally furnished. 

P2, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




Type 570 Characteristic-Curve Displays 



Fig. 1 — Plate current plotted 
against plate voltage for one tri- 
ode section of a 12AU7. Plate 
load is 5 k, peak plate-supply 
voltage is 500 v. Grid voltage is 
changed 5 v between curves, from 
— 35 v to zero. Vertical sensi- 
tivity is 5 ma/div, horizontal 
sensitivity 50 v/div. Calibrated 
controls permit accurate current 
and voltage readings directly 
from the screen. 





Fig. 2 — Same triode section of 
12AU7with only 20-v peak plate 
supply and sensitivities increased 
to 0.2 ma/div vertical and 2 
v/div horizontal. Grid voltage 
is changed 2 v between curves, 
from — 14 v to zero. This is es- 
sentially a 25-fimes magnifica- 
tion of the lower left portion of 
Fig. 1, showing the operating 
characteristics at low plate-sup- 
ply voltage. 



C] 




Fig. 3 — Screen current plotted 
against plate voltage with posi- 
tive grid bias on a 6AQ5. Plate 
load is 300 ohms, peak plate 
voltage is 1 00 v, screen-grid 
voltage is 1 00 v, with grid volt- 
age changing 2 v/step from 
+ 16v to below zero. Vertical 
scale is 10 ma/div, horizontal 
scale 1 v/div. 



■■■■■I 

■■■ ■■■■! 
■■ 

■II IRl| 
■■■■111 

MHR1II 
Ml 

n 

■II 



Fig. 4 — Typical 1 2AU7 Eg-lp 
curves. Plate load 5 k, peak 
plate-supply voltage 500 v, grid 
voltage changing 5 v/sfep from 
— 35 v to zero, vertical sensi- 
tivity 5 ma/div, horizontal sensi- 
tivity 5 v/div. 




Fig. 5 — Another family of curves 
with positive grid bias. Screen 
current is plotted against grid 
voltage. Operating conditions of 
the 6AQ5 are identical to Fig. 3, 
except horizontal sensitivity is 
2 v/div. 



Fi g . 6 — Typical GERMANIUM DI- 
ODE curve. Inherent flexibility of 
the Type 570 permits accurate 
evaluation of diode characteris- 
tics and detailed examination of 
any part of the curve. Calibrated 
scales above are 0.2 v/div hori- 
zontal, 0.5 ma/div vertical, with 
zero points at center of screen. 



°l 



106 




3/SB 



I 



TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 




Displays PNP and NPN Characteristics 



to 



f 



TO- AMPERE COLLECTOR SUPPLY 
2.4-AMPERE BASE SUPPLY 

Positive or Negative Collector Sweep 

Collector supply — to 20 v, 1 amperes 
— to 200 v, 1 ampere. 

Positive or Negative Base Stepping 

4 to 12 steps/family, repetitive or 
single family display. 

17 current/step positions, 1 /j,a/step 
to 200 ma/step. 

5 voltage/step positions, with 24 dif- 
ferent driving resistances. 

Calibrated Display 

Vertical Axis — 
Collector current 
Base voltage 
Base current 
Base source voltage 

Horizontal Axis — 
Base current 
Collector voltage 
Base voltage 
Base source voltage 



VA 



IN 
i'J 




Fig. 1 — PNP Transistor 
Collector current vs collector voltage with con- 
stant-current base steps. Collector sweep is to 
5 v with a 0.25-ohm load, base current is 50 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 1000 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.5 v/div. 




GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 575 traces characteristic curves for 
both PNP and NPN transistors on the face of a cathode- 
ray tube. Equal steps of current, or equal steps of voltage, 
are applied to the transistor input. The voltage applied 
to the collector is swept from zero to a selected value on 
each input step. Seven different transistor characteristics 
are accurately plotted for examination and measurement. 
Vertical deflection is calibrated for collector current, base 
voltage, base current, and base source voltage. Horizon- 
tal deflection is calibrated for collector voltage, base 
voltage, base current, and base source voltage. The num- 
ber of steps per family is adjustable from 4 to 1 2, and the 
step/sec rate is 120 or 240. A repetitive display or a 
single family can be presented. Dissipation limiting re- 
sistors can be switched into the collector supply circuit. 
When equal steps of voltage are in use, series resistors 
can be switched into the step output circuit. 

Plug-in transistor receptacles are furnished with the 
Type 575 for convenience in rapid comparsion testing. 
Two receptacles for transistors with long leads, and two 
receptacles for transistors with pin connectors plug 
directly into the binding posts on the test panel. 



I 



3/58 




107 



TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 



CATHODE -RAY -TUBE DISPLAY 

Vertical Axis — A 24-position switch provides for se- 
lection of collector current, base voltage, base current, or 
base source voltage. Calibrated vertical deflection in 
current-per-division for collector current is selected from 
sixteen of the switch positions, 0,01 ma/div to 1000 
ma/div. Calibrated vertical deflection in volts-per-divi- 
sion for base voltage is selected from six other positions 
of the switch, 0.01 v/div to 0.5 v/div. Another position 
of the switch provides for vertical deflection by base cur- 



VERTICAL 



CURRENT OR VOLTAGE 

PER DIVISION 



LECTOR 
MA 




»*SE CURRENT o» 
BASE SOURCE VOITS 



POSITION 




HORIZONTAL 

VOLTS/DIV 



AMPLIFIES 
2ERO CHECK 



# 



CALIBRATE 



DC BAL 



e 




rent or base source voltage. Calibrated vertical deflection 
for base current and base source voltage is selected with 
the STEP SELECTOR switch. 

A vertical-position control and an amplifier-zero-check 
switch are provided. 



A 



'J 



Horizontal Axis — A 19-position switch provides for 
selection of base voltage, collector voltage, base current, 
or base source voltage. Calibrated horizontal deflection 
in volts-per-division for base voltage is selected from six 
switch positions, 0.01 v/div to 0.5 v/div. Calibrated de- 
flection for collector voltage is selected from eleven other 
positions, 0.01 v/div to 20 v/div. Another switch position 
provides for horizontal deflection by base current or base 
source voltage. Calibrated horizontal deflection for base 
current and base source voltage is selected with the STEP 
SELECTOR switch. 

A horizontal-position control and an amplifier-zero- 
check switch are provided. 

BASE STEP GENERATOR 

The Type 575 step generator produces input steps of 
constant current from 0.001 ma/step to 200 ma/step, 
and input steps of constant voltage from 0.01 v/step to 
0.2 v/step with a source impedance of one ohm. A po- 
larity switch provides for stepping the input in either the 
positive or negative direction. The number of steps per 
family is adjustable from 4 to 12, and a repetitive or 
single-family display can be presented. Either a 120- 
steps/sec or 240-steps/sec repetition rate can be select- 
ed. (When the Type 575 is used with a 50-cycle supply 
frequency, the step/sec rate will be either 100 or 200.) 
A switch is provided for grounding the transistor input 
for a zero voltage reference check, and opening the 
transistor input for a zero current reference check. The 
starting point of input current or voltage steps can be ad- 
justed with the STEP ZERO control. 

When constant-voltage input steps are in use a resist- 
ance is inserted in series with the one-ohm source imped- 
ance of the step generator. This driving resistance can be 
selected from 23 values, 3.3 ohms to 22 kilohms. 



■■■■»■■ 
■■■»»; 

■■■■■«£ i 


r 

1 


jk 


■■■■B3. 


■ 


■ 
i 






■■&!■ 
■*!■■ 

w'Ammw 


■ 


■ 
■ 
■ 


■ 
■ 
■ 


■■■ 





o 



c 



Fig. 2 — NPN Transistor 
Base current vs base voltage with constant- 
current base steps. Collector sweep is to I v, 
base current 0.1 ma/step. Vertical deflection is 
0.1 ma/div, horizontal deflection 0.05 v/div. Dots 
represent equal increments of base current. Dy- 
namic base impedance can be determined from 
this display. 



Fig. 3 — NPN Transistor 

Collector current vs base current with constant- 
current base steps. Collector sweep is to 1.5 v, 
base current 0.1 ma/step. Vertical deflection is 
5 ma/div collector current, horizontal deflection 
0.1 ma/div base current. Incremental and dc cur- 
rent gain can be determined from this display. 



°l 



108 




a/sa 



I 




to 




TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 



BASE STEP GENERATOR 




\J" 



SiNGU 

FAMILY 




POlA*IIY y\ 4m 

-^^k— J L 120 



►OtiilTV 


- 


+ 


0MO **;! 


M»H 


PUT 


.Kfj IMfl (* 


»HP 


H*M 



STEP SEUCTOR 



SERIES RESISTOR 

33 31 




iEBO CUIIEkl! 



rt»o volts 



CAUTION 

ISAMSmOt CUBSHfl iKCILAiH *i*~ 
*A»i&lY W»" lAil VDlFAtH iHcaiA&t 

HA1VE rwl *■>**».* 
tl»0»T *WCI|*IIWO i*M VOUA&l s»i» i 



COLLECTOR SVVffP 

The voltage applied to the collector is swept to a se- 
lected value on each input current or voltage step. A po- 
larity switch provides for sweeping the collector voltage 
in either the positive or negative direction. Peak collec- 
tor voltage is continuously adjustable from zero to 20 v, 
and from zero to 200 v. Maximum current is 10 amperes 
on the 0-to-20 v range, 1 ampere on the 0-to-200 v 
range. Any of fifteen load resistors from 0.35 ohm to 1 00 
kilohms can be inserted for limiting collector dissipation. 



COLLECTOR SWEEP 



PEAK VOLTS 
RANGE 

0-10 0-200 

I AMP MAX 



POLARITY 



10 AMf MAX ^Hk I AMP MAX ^^^ php) ^^^fcL IMPI 

• © m 



PEAK VOLTS 

AMIOXIMAIt 

10 



DISSIPATION 
LIMITING RESISTOR 

ttiti '00 < n 




IO« 


USING 
At 


NOTE: 






THI SDIStlMTION 


UMiriNG 


liSISIOH 


A LOAC I'KF !S! 


MANUAL 






OTHER FEATURES 

Input Selection — A switch is provided for changing 
the test conditions from the common-emitter to the com- 
mon-base configuration. 



Comparison Tests — Two transistors can be rapidly 
compared by switching the test conditions from one to the 
other. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronic voltage regu- 
lation is used to compensate for line-voltage changes be- 
tween 105 and 125 volts, and for variations in loading. 
All voltages affecting calibrations are fully regulated. 

Cathode-Ray Tube — A Tektronix T52P cathode-ray 
tube is used in the Type 575. Accelerating potential is 
approximately 4 kv. PI phosphor is supplied unless an- 
other phosphor is specifically requested. 

Alignment of Cathode-Ray Tube — Should it be- 
come necessary to touch up the alignment of the cath- 
ode-ray tube, a molded nylon handle on the crt socket 
can be reached in a matter of seconds. Release the two 
quick-opening fasteners on the left cabinet side, and 



3/5 8 





Fig. 4 — PNP Transistor 

Collector current vs collector voltage with base 
grounded and constant-current emitter steps. Cot- 
lector sweep is to 1 20 v through a 5 k load re- 
sistor, emitter current 1 ma/step. Vertical deflec- 
tion is 1 ma/div, horizontal deflection lOv/div. 




wmwmwvmfflm 




Fig. 5 PNP Transistor 

Collector current vs collector voltage with base 
grounded and constant-current emitter steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 1 .5 v, emitter current 200 
mo/step. Vertical deflection is 200 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.1 v/div. 



109 



TYPE 575 TRANSISTOR-CURVE TRACER 



lower the cabinet side out of the way, or remove it 
completely. 

Illuminated Graticule — The 10 by 10-division grati- 
cule is edge-lighted. Illumination control, and focus, in- 
tensity, and astigmatism controls are conveniently located 
on the front panel. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced air circulation maintains 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and three-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 24" long, 13" wide, 16%" high. 

Weight — Approximately 65 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 volts, 60 cycles. 

Price $925 



Includes: 1 — Green filter (378-514) 
5 — 1 amp fuses 
1 — Instruction manual 
2 — 2N407 Transistors (151-003) 
2 — Long-lead transistor receptacles 
2 — Short-lead transistor receptacles 

Optional Phosphors 

PI crt phosphor normally furnished. 

P2, P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



o 




Fig. 6 — NPN Transistor 
Collector current vs collector voltage 
with constant-voltage base steps. Col- 
lector sweep is to 2 v, base voltage 
0.02 v/step, vertical deflection is 5 ma/ 
div, horizontal deflection 0.2 v/div. 





c 



Fig. 8 — NPN Transistor 
Collector current vs collector voltage 
with constant-current base steps. Collec- 
tor sweep is to 2 v, base current 0.01 
ma/step. Vertical deflection is 0.5 ma/ 
div, horizontal deflection 0.2 v/div. 



Fig. 10 — NPN Transistor 
Collector current vs base voltage with 
constant-voltage base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1 .5 v, base voltage 0.05 
v/sfep with a.l-ohm source impedance. 
Vertical deflection is 0.5 ma/div, hori- 
zontal deflection 0.05 v/div. 




Fig. 7 — NPN Transistor 
Base voltage vs collector voltage with 
constant-current base steps. Collector 
sweep is to 1 v, base current 0.1 ma/ 
step. Vertical deflection is 0.05 v/div 
base voltage, horizontal deflection 0.1 
v/div collector voltage. 





Fig. 9 — NPN Transistor 
Same as Fig. 8 except base-current 
steps are 0.1 ma/step and vertical de- 
flection is 5 ma/div. 



Fig. 1 1 — NPN Transistor 
Same as Fig. 10 except base-voltage 
steps are 0.1 v/step with a 470-ohm 
source impedance. 



( 



I 



no 




3/58 



I 




I* 




1 









SQUARE WAVE GENERATORS 



Square wave testing techniques ore recognized 
os providing one of the most efficient means of 
determining electronic circuit response. Precise 
adjustment of frequency compensated attenuator, 
amplifier and filter circuits is reduced to a simple 
procedure. 



D 



o 



c 



c 




!• 




TYPE 105 SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR 

Wide Frequency Range 



Risetime 

Less than 0.02 fisec into a terminated 93-ohm cable. 
As short as 13 millimicroseconds under suitable con- 
ditions. 



Frequency Range 

25 cycles to 1 mc, continuously variable. 



Frequency Meter 

Direct reading, accurate within 3% of full scale. 



Maximum Output 

15 v, approximately, into 93-ohm cable. 
More than 160 ma, peak-to-peak. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 105 Square-Wave Generator pro- 
duces square waves with flat horizontal portions, free of 
overshoot and ringing, over a wide frequency range. 
Square-wave current greater than 160 ma, peak-to- 
peak, available at the output terminal, permits a useable 
voltage swing across very-low impedance loads. Rise- 
time is less than 0.02 /i.sec into a terminated 93-ohm 
cable, and is approximately 13 millimicroseconds into a 
52-ohm cable terminated at both ends. 

Testing wide-band amplifiers with a square-wave gen- 
erator and an oscilloscope is a fast, efficient method 
both in the laboratory and in the television station. Such 
characteristics as transient response, bandwidth, and 
phase shift are quickly revealed. For examination of the 
high-frequency response a square wave having a rise- 
time faster than that of the amplifier being tested is re- 
quired. In addition, the test signal must be free of over- 
shoot and ringing. For examination of the low-frequency 
response a square wave having flat horizontal portions 
is required. The Tektronix Type 105 Square-Wave Gen- 
erator provides a suitable signal for both of these tests, 
making it possible to quickly and accurately test ampli- 
fiers, filters, etc., having passbands from a few cycles to 
20 mc. 

For an excellent discussion on the connection between 
bandwidth and frequency response, composition of rise- 
time and other details associated with square wave test- 
ing, see Vol. 18, Radiation Laboratory Series, "Vacuum 
Tube Amplifiers" (McGraw-Hill). 



4/5 B 




CHARACTERISTICS 

Frequency Range — The frequency range is 25 cycles 
to 1 mc, continuously variable, in nine ranges — 100, 250 
cycles, 1, 2.5, 10, 25, 100, 250 kc, and 1 mc. Frequency 
is read directly on a meter accurate within 3% of full 
scale. 

Risetime — Less than 0.02 jasec into a terminated 93- 
ohm cable; approximately 18 millimicroseconds when 
the 93-ohm cable is terminated at both ends; approxi- 
mately 13 millimicroseconds into a 52-ohm cable termi- 
nated at both ends. For higher output voltages larger 
output impedances can be used, with a corresponding 
increase in risetime. 





Fig. 1. 1 3 millimicrosecond risetime of the Type 105 displayed on 
0.02 /tsec/cm sweep. Generator connected to vertical deflection 
plates of T54P crt, sensitivity 7 v/cm, with 52-ohm cable terminated 
at both ends. 



113 



TYPE 105 SQUARE -WAVE GENERATOR 




Fig. 2. Sharp leading edge, square corner, and flat top of 1-mc 
square-wave output of Type 105 displayed on 0.3 /isec/cm sweep 
Other conditions same as in Fig. 1. 

Output Amplitude — The output voltage is adjust- 
able from 10 to 100 v across the internal 600-ohm load. 
The maximum square-wave current available at the out- 
put is greater than 160 ma (peak-to-peak). With a 75- 
ohm terminated output coaxial cable, the maximum volt- 
age available is approximately 12 volts; with a 93-ohm 
cable, approximately 15 v. 

Sync Terminals — Provision is made to furnish an 
output synchronizing signal whose amplitude is indepen- 
dent of the square-wave output-control setting. A sync- 
input terminal permits the square wave to be synchro- 
nized with a frequency standard. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronically-regulated 
dc supplies insure stable operation over line variations of 
105-125 v, 210-250 v. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Multivibrator 2 6CB6 

Shaper amplifier 6AG7 

Driver amplifier 2 6AG7 

Output amplifier 3 6AG7 

Sync input amplifier 6CB6 

Sync coupling diode 6AL5 

Meter amplifier 6CB6 

Limiter and catching diode 6AL5 

Cathode follower voltage regulator 6J6 

Meter amplifier 6AL5 

Sync output CF 6J6 

Voltage reference 5651 

Rectifiers 4 5V4G 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Series regulators 4 6AU5 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Forced-air ventilation assures safe oper- 
ating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 16 %» high, 10%" wide, 14%" deep. 

Weight— 35 y 2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125vor 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 250 watts. 




o. 



Price $395 

Includes: 1 — P93, 93-ohm 42" coaxial cable 

1 — B93-R, 93-ohm terminating resistor 
1 — A510 binding-post adapter 
1 — A100 clip-lead adapter 
1 — Instruction manual 

Currently Available Extras 

93-ohm cable and resistor normally furnished. 
If specified on purchase order, 52-ohm cable and re- 
sistor or 75-ohm cable and resistor will be supplied in- 
stead of 93-ohm cable and resistor. ... no extra charge. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

When a Type 105 is used to check the transient response 
of the Type 51 3D Vertical Amplifier, the following acces- 
sories should be used to interconnect the two instruments. 

1 — P52, 52-ohm 42" coaxial cable $4.00 

1 — B52-R, 52-ohm terminating resistor 8.50 

1— B52-L5, 52-ohm "L" pad, 5:1 ratio 8.50 

1 — B52-T1 0, 52-ohm "T" pad, 1 0:1 ratio 1 1 .50 

A selection of terminating resistors, pads, and coaxial 
cables designed to be used with the Type 105 will be 
found in the Accessory Section of this catalog. Within 
certain technical limits, special terminating resistors and 
pads can be supplied upon request. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 



c 



114 




4/5 B 




TYPE 107 SQUARE-WAVE GENERATOR 



3 ^Millimicrosecond Risetime 



Risetime 

Less than 3 millimicroseconds into a terminated 52-ohm 
cable. 



Frequency Range 

Approximately 400 kc to 1 mc, uncalibrated. 



Output Voltage 

0.1 to 0.5 v, approximately, when cable is terminated 
in 52 ohms. 





GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 107 Square- Wave Generator is 
basically intended as a Test Accessory for the Type 540- 
Series Oscilloscopes. For examination of high-frequency 
response, a square wave having a risetime faster than 
that of the amplifier being tested is necessary. The Type 
540-Series Oscilloscopes with the Type 53/54K Plug-In 
Preamplifier have a combination risetime of 1 2 millimicro- 
seconds. The Type 107, with its risetime of 3 millimicro- 
seconds, provides a suitable square wave for checking 
and adjusting the high-frequency response of the Type 
540-Series Oscilloscopes and Type 53/54 Wide-Band 
Preamplifiers. 



CHARACTERISTICS 

Risetime — Less than 3 millimicroseconds when the 
output 52-ohm cable is terminated. 

Frequency Range — A front-panel control varies the 
frequency over an uncalibrated range of approximately 
400 kc to 1 mc. 

Output Voltage — When the output cable is termin- 
ated the output voltage range is approximately 0.1 v to 
0-5 v. If the cable is not terminated, the voltage range is 
0.2 v to 1 v. 

Output Trigger — An output trigger signal is available 
at a coaxial connector at the rear of the instrument. 




Waveform — Special design consideration has been 
placed on the shape of the positive portion of the wave- 
form. Therefore, only this portion should be used in tran- 
sient response testing. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Multivibrator 6BQ7A 

Amplifier 12BY7 

Shaper amplifier 1 2BY7 

Driver amplifier 1 2BY7 

Output amplifier 6AU6 

Rectifiers 2 6BW4 

Output voltage regulator OA2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Forced-air ventilation assures safe oper- 
ating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched panel, wrinkle-finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 1 1" long, 63/4" wide, 10y 2 " high. 

Weight — 13 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 2 1 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 1 00 watts. 

Price $165 

Includes: 1 — P52, 52-ohm 42" coaxial cable 

1 — B52-R, 52-ohm terminating resistor 
1 — B52-T10, 52-ohm T pad 
1 — Instruction manual 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



4/5B 




115 




c 






to 







/ 



AUXILIARY AMPLIFIERS 



are designed to expand the area of application 
of Tektronix oscilloscopes in certain specialized di- 
rections. Frequently it is desirable to increase the 
sensitivity of the oscilloscope amplifier into the 
mv/cm or uv/cm region. Other measurements 
may require that the horizontal deflection circuits 
have the same order of bandwidth or sensitivity 
as the vertical circuits. 



D 

o' 
I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

D 
I 

c] 

I 
I 
I 

D 
D 

D 



TYPE 112 AMPLIFIER 



DC -Coupled Differential Amplifier 



,■ 



Voltage Gain 

0.5 to 5000, continuously variable. 

Frequency Response 

DC to 2 mc for gain of 166 or less. 
DC to 1 mc for gain of 166 to 5000. 

Transient Response 

Risetime — 0.2 /usee for gain of 166 or less. 
0.4 ju-sec for gain of 1 66 to 5000. 

Output Voltage 

1 50 v at high impedance. 
75 v at 8000 ohms. 

Calibrating Voltage 

5 mv to 50 v full scale, continuously variable. 

Time-Marker Input 
Trigger Output 



# 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 1 1 2 is a dc-coupled differential-input ampli- 
fier designed primarily for the amplification of signals 
to a magnitude suitable for observation on a cathode- 
ray tube. It is a four-stage balanced push-pull amplifier 
with the input stage shock mounted. Heaters of the first 
three stages and all plate circuits are operated on elec- 
tronically-regulated dc supplies to provide stability 
against line-voltage fluctuations. Choice of single-end- 
ed or differential input, either dc-coup!ed or ac-coupled, 
provides flexibility of connection to circuits under obser- 
vation, and often permits rejection of undesired signal 
pickup. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Calibrated Attenuator — The step attenuator of the 
Type 1 1 2 is calibrated for use with a cathode-ray tube 
that has a basic deflection factor of 25 v/cm. Nine cali- 
brated steps are provided: 0.005, 0.015, 0.05, 0.15, 
0.5, 1.5, 5, 15, and 50 v/cm. A variable control fills 
in between steps, making the amplifier gain continu- 
ously adjustable from 0.5 to 5000. 

Calibrator — Output of the voltage calibrator can be 
switched directly to the amplifier input. It is also avail- 
able at a front-panel terminal. Nine voltage ranges are 
available: 0.005, 0.015, 0.05, 0.15, 0.5, 1.5, 5, 15, 
and 50 v peak to peak. A variable control fills in be- 
tween steps. Full-scale accuracy is within 3%, variable 
control is linear within 1 % of full scale. 




Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by 45 ju/xf. 
With probe, 10 megohms paralleled by 14 fxfif. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 

volts, 50 to 60 cycles, 200 watts. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Size — 15V2" high, 6V2" wide, 21 Vi" deep. 
Weight — 32 pounds. 

Price $495 

Includes: 2 — P510A attenuator probes 

2 — W112R output leads (012-007) 
1 — W112B output lead (012-008) 
2 — A510 binding-post adapters 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



3/58 




119 




€ 



I 



< 



TYPE 121 PREAMPLIFIER 




* 




'Band Preamplifier 



Voltage Gain 

0.01 to 100, continuously variable. 

Frequency Response 

5 cycles to 1 2 mc. 



Transient Response 

Less than 0.03-/xsec risetime. 



Maximum Output Voltage 

1 v peak-to-peak in terminated 93-ohm cable. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 121 Wide-Band Preamplifier is a 
self-contained 3-stage ac-coupled amplifier especially 
well suited for increasing the sensitivity of wide-band 
oscilloscopes, and for other applications where a volt- 
age gain up to 100 is desired. Excellent output linearity 
is achieved on all input signals up to 0.01 v peak-to- 
peak at full gain. All plate circuits are operated on 
electronically-regulated dc supplies to provide stability 
against line-voltage fluctuations. To minimize the hum 
level, dc voltage is supplied to the heaters of the first 
two amplifier stages. In addition, the first three tubes 
are located on a shock-mounted chassis to minimize 
microphonic and drift effects. 

Power is available at the front panel for a cathode- 
follower probe such as the Tektronix P170CF or P500CF. 
If the P500CF is to be used, input terminal 4 of the probe- 
power socket should first be checked to make certain that 
it is grounded. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Gain — Continuously variable from 0.01 to 
100 with four fixed calibrated ranges. . .0.1 , 1, 10, 
and 100. Noise level at the output is 5 mv peak-to-peak 
maximum at full gain, with the input grounded. 

Frequency Response — Primary emphasis has been 
placed on transient response. Risetime is less than 
0.03 /xsec; passband is 5 cycles to 1 2 mc. 

Output Voltage — 1 v peak-to-peak maximum in a 
terminated 93-ohm cable, permitting linear amplification 
of any input signal up to 0.01 v peak-to-peak at full gain. 
Phase inversion in the Type 1 21 results in the positive por- 
tion of the input signal causing a negative deflecton at the 
output terminal. Output is via a cathode follower so a 
long separation of the preamplifier and oscilloscope, or 
other instruments, is possible. 

Probe Power — 20-100 v dc plate and 6.3 dc heater 
supplies are available at a front-panel connector for 
cathode-follower probe or special preamplifier use. 



3/5B 





Regulated Power Supplies — Electronically-regu- 
lated dc supplies insure stable operation over line varia- 
tions of 105-125 v. 

Input Impedance — 1 megohm paralleled by ap- 
proximately 20 (ti/xf. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 5 % " wide, 1 1 % " high, 15" deep. 

Weight — I8V2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 21 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 80 watts. 

Price $265 

Includes: 1 — P93B output cable 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



121 



o 



c 




TYPE 122 PREAMPLIFIER 




Low -Level Preamplifier 



Voltage Gain 

High position — approximately 1000. 
Low position — approximately 100. 



Frequency Response 

0.16 cycles to 40 kc maximum, 



Noise Level 

4 /xv rms maximum. 



Output Voltage 

Maximum 20 v [peak-to-peak) 



Input Selection 

Single ended or differential. 





GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 122 Low-Level Preamplifier is a 
compact 3-stage battery-operated amplifier extending 
the usefulness of the oscilloscope into the microvolt re- 
gion. The Type 122 is especially useful in biological re- 
search and other applications requiring the amplification 
of microvolt signals. 

The Type 122 can be used with any dc-coupled oscil- 
loscope, increasing its sensitivity by a factor of either 
1000 or 100. When used with the Tektronix Type 512 
Oscilloscope, sensitivity is increased to 5 juv/cm; with the 
Tektronix Type 360 Indicator, sensitivity is increased to 
50 juv/cm. If the Type 122 is used with an ac-coupled 
oscilloscope, the overall low-frequency response will be 
limited to that of the oscilloscope. 

Shock mounting, careful bypassing, and use of battery 
heater and plate-supply voltages reduce microphonics, 
noise, and hum to a low level. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Frequency Response — Maximum passband is 0.16 
cycles to 40 kc, with 5 high-frequency 3-db cutoff points 
. . . 50, 250 cps, 1,10, and 40 kc; and 4 low-frequency 
3-db cutoff points. . .0.2, 0.8, 8, and 80 cycles. Corres- 
ponding low frequency time constants are 1, 0.2, 0.02, 
and 0.002 seconds. High and low-frequency cutoff 
points are controlled by separate switches so a variety of 
frequency response characteristics can be obtained. 




Rejection Ratio — 80 to 100 db for in-phase signals 
from 5 cycles to 40 kc; maximum signal input is 1 v. 

Voltage Gain — A toggle switch selects either a gain 
of 100 or 1000. 

Signal Output — For a maximum signal input of 
0.02 v (peak-to-peak) in high-gain position and 0.2 v 
(peak-to-peak) in low-gain position, maximum signal 
output is 20 v peak-to-peak. The output dc level is ad- 
justable to zero for use on dc oscilloscopes. Output is 
via a cathode follower with impedance approximately 
1000 ohms. 

Input Impedance — With single-ended input, the im- 
pedance is 10 megohms paralleled by approximately 
50 fifxi. Impedance for differential input is 20 megohms 
paralleled by approximately 50 fxfxi. 

Noise Level — Depending on the setting of the fre- 
quency response controls, the noise level is 1 to 4 micro- 
volts rms with the input terminals grounded. 



3/s e 




123 



TYPE 122 PREAMPLIFIER 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Input amplifier . . selected 12AX7 

Second stage amplifier selected 1 2AU7 

Third stage amplifier and CF out selected 1 2AU7 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions— 10 S / B " high, 4V 2 " wide, 7" deep. 

Weight — 5 y /2 pounds. 

Power Requirements — Battery powered through a 
standard octal plug: + 1 35 v at 5 ma, — 90 v at 4 ma, 
and 6.3 v at 0-9 amp. The battery cable furnished with 
the instrument is designed to be used with five 45-volt 
dry-cell batteries and one 6.3-volt dry-cell battery. Bat- 
teries are not included with the Type 1 22. 



Type 122 

Includes: 1 — W122 battery cable (012-009) 
1 — CON3P input plug 
1 — P93 output cable 
1 — Instruction manual 



$85 




Type 122 Rack Mount — fits into standard 19" re- 
lay rack. Type 122 mounted horizontally on a panel 
%" thick, with input connector at left side of panel. 
Height, 5 V 4 ". 

Type 1 22 Rack Mount $90 





Type 122 Frame Mount — fits vertically into special 
adapter frame FA160, or can be mounted in an existing 
support. 

Type 1 22 Frame Mount $90 

Currently Available Extras 

Extra long battery cables, similar to Type W122, can 
be ordered as special items. 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase 
orders involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type FA160 Adapter Frame adapts Type 122 Frame 
Mount to rack mounting. Mounts in standard rack and 
holds four of any combination of Type 122 Preamplifiers, 
Type 360 Indicators, and Type 1 60-Series Units. . .$5.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 




124 




3/58 



TYPE 123 PREAMPLIFIER 




I* 




Miniature Low-Level 




Compact 

3 5 / 8 " high, 1 y 2 " wide, 2-3/16" deep. 

Weighs only 1 ounces. 

Voltage Gain 

Accurately set at 100 times. 

Passband 

Within 2% from 15 cycles to 6 kc. 
Within 3 db from 3 cycles to 25 kc. 

Maximum Input Signal 

0.1 v peak-to-peak. 

Hum-Free Low-Level Amplification 

Powered by miniature batteries. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 123 Preamplifier is a compact, 
light-weight, battery-operated amplifier for use in appli- 
cations where a gain of 100 without additional hum sig- 
nal is desired. Passband is 3 cycles to 25 kc. Etched 
wiring, miniature tubes and small batteries are combined 



in a unit about the size of 2 king-size cigarette pack- 
ages. Where reduced high-frequency response is per- 
missible, ground-loop hum pickup can be virtually elim- 
inated by mounting the Type 1 23 close to the circuit 
under observation. Coaxial connectors permit the Type 
123 to be connected directly to an oscilloscope or other 
instrument, and at reduced high-frequency response, in 
a connecting cable, or even for use as a probe. Shock- 
mounted chassis reduces the effects of microphonics, shift, 
and drift. 

Applications of the Type 1 23 are confined to the audio 
range; for example, observing hum levels, transducer pre- 
amplifier, and other low-level applications where a gain 
of 100 is desired. 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Voltage Gain — Gain is 100, adjustable with screw- 
driver calibration control. 

Passband — Within 3 db from 3 cycles to 25 kc. 
Within 2% from 15 cycles to 6 kc. 

Battery Powered — A small mercury cell supplies the 
filament voltage and a miniature 30 v battery is the 
source of plate voltage. Life of the mercury cell is ap- 
proximately 100 hours. Low plate current, 75 microamps, 
assures plate-supply battery life of more than 100 hours. 

Noise Level — The maximum noise level with the in- 
put grounded is less than 7.5 microvolts, rms. 

Output Signal Level — DC level of output is approxi- 
mately + 15 v. 

Maximum Input Signal — Maximum input signal for 
linear amplification is 0.1 v, peak-to-peak. 

Input Impedance — 10 megohms. 
Effective Output Impedance — 31 kilohms. 
Vacuum Tube Complement — Two Type 512AX 
sub-miniature filament-type pentodes. 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy cover and etched-wir- 
ing chassis. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel. 

Dimensions — 3 5 /s" high, 4 Va " including coaxial con- 
nector; 1 V2" wide; 2-3/16" deep, 3%" including coaxial 
connector. 

Weight — 10 ounces. 

Power Requirements — One 1.345 v mercury cell and 
one 30 v miniature battery, included with the instrument. 

Price $50 

Includes: T — Mercury cell 
1 — B battery 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



3/5S 




125 




c 




I 



J 





J 

J 



I 



J 









to 




SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Work in some fields of research and development 
requires the use of special instruments in conjunc- 
tion with the cathode-ray oscilloscope. Special 
instruments developed by TEKTRONIX ore 
described in this section. 



o 



€ 




TYPE 130 L.C METER 




I* 



r 



Direcf-Reading Inductance and Capacitance Meter 




Guard Voltage 

Permits measuring an unknown capacitance while 
eliminating the effects of other capacitances from 
the measurements. 

Five Ranges 

Microhenries— to 3, 10, 30, 100, 300. 
Micromicrof arads — to 3, 1 0, 30, 1 00, 300. 

Accuracy 

Within 3% of full scale. 

Coarse and Fine Zero Adjust 
Four- Inch Illuminated Meter 

APPLICATIONS 

Saves engineering time in circuit development work 
by providing quick inductance and capacitance readings 
even while circuit changes are being made. Aids in cor- 
rect placement of critical components and leads. 

Guard circuit produces a voltage of the same ampli- 
tude and phase as the voltage at the UNKNOWN ter- 
minals, but isolated from the frequency determining 
portions of the rest of the circuit. This permits separation 
of the capacitance to be measured from other capaci- 
tances and strays. Accurate measurements of direct 
inter-electrode capacitance in vacuum tubes can be 
made with ease. 

The Type 130 can also be used for component testing, 
sorting, and color-code checking on a production basis. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The unknown value to be measured will determine the 



frequency of the variable oscillator in the Type 130. This 
frequency is beat against a 140-kc fixed oscillator. The 
difference frequency is shaped and counted, causing 
meter deflection proportional to the difference frequen- 
cy. The direct-reading meter is calibrated in microhen- 
ries and micromicrofarads. 

Load Resistance Limits — The following loads will not 
appreciably alter the indication: 

Capacitance, 0.1 megohm shunt. 
Inductance, 20 k shunt, 10 ohms series. 
A table included in the instruction manual provides 
corrections for increased loads. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Fixed oscillator 6U8 

Buffer amplifier 6U8 

Variable oscillator 6U8 

Buffer amplifier 6U8 

Mixer 6BE6 

Bistable multivibrator 6U8 

Guard circuit cathode follower 6BH6 

CF clamp and diode clamp 6BQ7A 

Rectifier 6X4 

Voltage regulator OA2 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Size — 5" wide, 9" high, BV 2 " deep. 

Weight— 9 lbs. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 v or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 40 watts. 

Price $195 

Includes: 1 — P93C probe (01 0-003 ) 
1 — W130R lead (012-015) 
1 — W130B lead (012-014) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type F30 Production Test Fixture. Speeds sorting and 
testing of capacitors and inductors $3.00 

Type S30 Delta Standards, for calibration of Type 130 
L,C Meters $22.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



2/5B 




129 




m 












c 






<* 



■ 



TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 




l» 




The Tektronix Type 1 60-Series produces timed pulses 
of adjustable duration, amplitude and repetition rate, 
providing a convenient and flexible system of sequence 
control. By using several instruments together, complex 
waveform patterns can be obtained. Applications of the 
Type 1 60-Series are numerous .. .various combinations 
are being used for nerve stimulation in neurophysical 
experiments, timed gating devices for complex equip- 
ment, component testing, biophysical and geophysical 
applications. The Type 360 Indicator unit, described in 
the oscilloscope section, takes the place of an auxiliary 
oscilloscope and can be used to measure the response 
time and nature of the response to an electrical pulse 



generated by the Type 1 60-Series instruments. 

The Type 1 60A Power Supply will supply power to 
one Type 360 Indicator unit along with a combination 
of four to six generators. The Type 161 or Type 163 
Pulse Generators can be used to gate one or more Type 
162 Waveform Generators, and the Type 162 can be 
used to trigger several Type 161 or Type 163 Pulse 
Generators. By using combinations of the generators, a 
wide variety of waveforms can be produced. 

The Type 1 60-Series is adaptable to rack mounting by 
means of a Tektronix accessory, the Type FA160 Mount- 
ing Frame. Any combination of four instruments can be 
placed in the frame at any one time. 






f 



I 






Some of the waveform combinations possible with Tektronix Type 1 60-Series Waveform Generators 



2/58 




131 



TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 



TYPE 160 A POWER SUPPLY 




Large Load Capacity 

+ 300v dc, unregulated. 

+ 225 v dc, regulated, at 225 milliamps. 

+ 150v dc, regulated, at 15 milliamps. 

4- 80 v dc, unregulated. 

— 1 70 v dc, regulated, at 1 25 milliamps. 

6.3 v ac, unregulated, at 20 amps. 



Electronic Voltage Regulation 



Four Output Terminals 

Conveniently located at rear of chassis. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 160A Power Supply provides the 
required voltages and currents for one Type 360 Indica- 
tor unit and a combination of four to six generators. As 
many as seven Type 161, or seven Type 162, or five 
Type 163, or five Type 360 units can be supplied by one 
Type 160A. 

The currents listed above for the +225 and — 170 
volt supplies are available only with series regulator ex- 
ternal shunt resistors as provided in the individual units. 

The output terminals consist of four octal sockets, con- 
veniently located at the rear of the chassis. Each socket 
is capable of supplying power to two generators. Two 
20-inch 8-conductor inter-unit power cables are sup- 
plied. 

Electronic voltage regulation compensates for line- 
voltage variations between 105 and 125 v, and for cur- 
rent-demand differences of generators connected to the 
power supply. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Rectifiers 3 5V4 

Regulator amplifiers 6AU6 

Amplifier and series regulator 6AW8 

Series regulator 6080 

Series regulator 2 1 2B4 

Amplifier and series regulator 6U8 

Voltage reference 5651 




c 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Forced air cooling. 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA 160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 4 ft " wide, 1 2 ft " high, 1 3 % " deep. 

Weight — 21 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 350 watts max. 

Price $1 40 

Includes: 2 — Wl 60-20 connecting cables (012-016) 
1 — Set mounting screws and cup washers 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



°t 



132 




2/5 B 



I 



TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 




TYPE 161 PULSE GENERATOR 



I* 



f 



Output Waveforms 

Fixed-amplitude positive gate. 
Variable-amplitude positive or negative pulse. 

Output Characteristics 

Duration — calibrated, continuously variable, 10 /usee 

to 0.1 sec. 
Delay — continuously variable, to 100% of triggering 

sawtooth waveform. 
Risetime- — less than 0.5 /xsec, overshoot less than 5%. 

Amplitude 

Gate — fixed, 50 v positive, peak-to-peak. 
Pulse — calibrated, continuously variable, to 50 v, 
peak-to-peak. 

Cathode- Follower Outputs 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse, 3-volt peak-to-peak minimum. Nega- 
tive-going positive sawtooth, with a minimum rate 
of change of 15v/sec. Maximum repetition rate, 
50 kc. 

Power Requirements 

— 170 v dc at 17 ma. 
+ 225 v dc at 22 ma. 
6.3 v dc at 1.1 amps. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 161 Pulse Generator produces 
calibrated rectangular output pulses of adjustable dura- 
tion and amplitude when the required trigger voltage is 
received from an external source. A Tektronix Type 162 
Waveform Generator is an excellent source for either 
the negative-going sawtooth or positive pulse necessary 
to trigger the Type 1 61 . 

When triggered by a negative-going sawtooth, the 
time of occurrence of the output pulse and gate can be 
adjusted to any point throughout the duration of the 
sawtooth. A calibrated control indicates the output de- 
lay as a fraction of the triggering sawtooth duration. 
Pulse and gate width in milliseconds, and pulse ampli- 
tude in volts are also indicated by calibrated controls. 

When a positive pulse is used to trigger the generator, 
the same output waveforms are available, and the delay 
control functions as a triggering-Ievel control. 

Voltages necessary to operate the Type 161 can be 
obtained from a Tektronix Type 1 60A Power Supply. As 
many as seven 161 units can be powered by a single 
Type 160A unit. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 




Comparator 

Regenerative amplifier 



1 2AU7 
12AT7 



Coupling diode and one-half 

monostable multivibrator 1 2AT7 

Second-half multivibrator and 

positive pulse amplifier 1 2AT7 

Negative pulse amplifier 6J6 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched chassis. 

Dimensions— 4 y 8 " wide, 12y 4 " high, 7V 2 " deep. 

Weight— 3 y 2 lbs. 

Price $95 

Includes: 1 — Wl 60-1 connecting cable (012-017) 
1 — Set mounting screws and cup washers 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



I 



2/5B 




133 



TYPE 160-SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 



TYPE 162 WAVEFORM GENERATOR 




Output Waveforms 

Positive pulse, positive gate, and negative-going saw- 
tooth. 

Output Characteristics 

Repetition Rate — 0.1 cycles to 10 kc for recurrent op- 
eration. 

Duration — pulse, 10 jusec to 0.05 sec, gate and saw- 
tooth, 100 ju,sec to 10 sec. 

Amplitude 

Pulse and gate — 50 volts positive from ground. 
Sawtooth — decreases uniformly with time from + 150 
volts to approximately + 20 volts. 

Risetime 

Pulse — 1 jusec, approximately, minimum. 

Cathode-Follower Outputs 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse — 1 2 volts peak-to- peak minimum. 

Sine wave — 6 volts rms, frequency between 5 cycles 
and 50 kc. At frequencies below 5 cycles, the pro- 
duct of rms voltage times frequency must exceed 1 0. 

Gate — 8 volts, peak-to-peak minimum. 

Triggering Means 

Externally derived electrical pulse or gate, front-panel 
push button, or automatic recurrent operation. 

Power Requirements 

— 170 v dc at 7 ma. 
+ 150 v dc at 1 ma. 
+ 225 v dc at 28 ma. 
6.3 v dc at 1 .7 amps. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 1 62 Waveform Generator pro- 
vides three types of waveforms of adjustable duration 
and repetition rate: pulse, gate, and sawtooth. Gen- 
eration of the waveform can be initiated by means of an 
externally derived electrical impulse, or by front-panel 
push button. The Tektronix Type 161 or 163 Pulse Gen- 
erator is an excellent source for the triggering signal. 

The output pulse and gate waveforms have an ampli- 
tude of 50 volts with a minimum risetime of approxi- 
mately one microsecond. The sawtooth waveform is a 
positive voltage decreasing uniformly from +150 volts 
to +20 volts. Waveform duration is measured by a 
calibrated control and the shortest pulse duration is ap- 
proximately 10 jusec. 

The Type 162 is designed to operate as a delay gen- 
erator in conjunction with the Type 161 or Type 163 
Pulse Generator and to supply a sweep voltage for the 
Type 360 Indicator unit. It is useful for initiating chains 
of events electrically, and for controlling the duration of 
their occurrence and repetition rate. When generating 
waveforms recurrently it functions as a stable repetition- 
rate generator. 

Voltages necessary to operate the Type 1 62 can be 



134 




obtained from a Type 160A Power Supply. As many as 
seven Type 162 units can be powered by a single Type 
160A unit. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Regenerative trigger 1 2AU7 

Trigger amplifier and one-half multivibrator 12AU7 

Multivibrator and pulse and gate shaper . . 12AU7 

Phantastron 6BH6 

Pulse and gate amplifier and sawtooth 

cathode follower 1 2AU7 

Pulse and gate cathode follower and 

catching diode 1 2AU7 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA 160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Dimensions— 4 V 8 " wide, 12'/ 4 " high, 7V 2 " deep. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched chassis. 

Weight— 3 y 2 lbs. 

Price $95 

Includes: 1 — Wl 60-10 connecting cable (012-017) 
1 — Set mounting screws and cup washers 
I — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 



•b 




2/5B 



I 



TYPE 160 SERIES WAVEFORM GENERATORS 




to 



r 



TYPE 163 FAST -RISE PULSE GENERATOR 



Output Waveforms 

Variable-amplifude positive pulse. 
Fixed-amplitude positive gate. 

Output Characteristics 

Risetime — less than 0.2 /xsec (without load capaci- 
tance) . 

Decay Time — 0.2 to 0.5 //.sec (without load capaci- 
tance). 

Overshoot — can be adjusted to zero. 

Duration— calibrated, continuously variable, 1 jusec to 
10,000 /Asec. 

Delay — continuously variable, to 100% of triggering 
sawtooth duration. 

Amplitude 

Pulse — calibrated, continuously variable, to 25 v, 

peak to peak. 
Gate — fixed, 25 v, peak to peak. 

Cathode-Follower Output 

Pulse — from arm of variable cathode resistor. 
Gate — from top of same resistor. 

Trigger Requirements 

Positive pulse, 2 v peak to peak minimum. 
Negative-going sawtooth; must include dc bias suffi- 
cient to keep voltage positive. 

Power Requirements 

— 170 v dc at 26 ma.. 
+ 225 v dc at 45 ma. 
6.3 v ac at 3.6 amp. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 163 Pulse Generator produces rec- 
tangular pulses of less than 0.2 fisec risetime when the 
required trigger voltage is received from an external 
source. A Tektronix Type 162 Waveform Generator is an 
excellent source for either the negative-going sawtooth 
or positive pulse necessary to trigger the Type 163. 

When triggered by a sawtooth voltage the time of oc- 
currence of the output pulse and gate can be adjusted to 
any point throughout the duration of the sawtooth. Out- 
put delay is indicated as a fraction of the triggering 
sawtooth duration by a calibrated control. Pulse and 
gate width in microseconds and pulse amplitude in volts 
may be read directly from calibrated controls. 

The Type 163 can be operated up to 50% duty cycle 
at the minimum time setting on any range. Correspond- 
ingly higher duty cycles are obtained at higher multiplier 
control settings. The maximum repetition rate is 500 kc 
when a pulse of l-/xsec duration is generated. 

Voltages necessary to operate the Type 163 may be 
obtained from a Tektronix Type 160A Power Supply. As 
many as five Type 163 units can be powered by a single 
Type 1 60A unit. 




ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Comparator and pulse amplifier 6U8 

Regenerative trigger amplifier 6U8 

Disconnect diode and charge diode 6AL5 

Monostable multivibrator 2 1 2BY7 

Output cathode follower 6BQ7A 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA 160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, etched chassis. 

Dimensions— 4 y 8 " wide, 1 2 V 4 " high, 7 ] / 2 " deep. 

Weight— 31/2 lbs. 

Price $95 

Includes: 1 — Wl 60-1 connecting cable (012-017) 
1 — Set mounting screws and cup washers 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type FA160 Mounting Frame adapts Type 160 Series to 
rack mounting. Holds four Type 160-Series Units. .$5.00 
Type FAP160 Blank Panel, 4'/ 8 " x 12%*, covers open- 
ings in frame-mounted sets of Type 160-Series instru- 
ments $3.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. (Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



I 



2/5 B 




135 




c 



^ 



I 




I* 



r 



i 



TYPE 360 INDICATOR 



Vertical Passband 

DC to 500 kc. 



Calibrated Vertical Attenuator 

Deflection Factor — 0.05 v/div. 



Waveform Requirements 

50-v positive unblanking pulse, and a sawtooth of 
either polarity with amplitude from 110 to 150v 
and extreme voltage limits at — 90 v and +170 v. 



Power Requirements 

+ 300 v dc unregulated at 20 ma. 
+ 225 v dc regulated at 35 ma. 
— 1 70 v dc regulated at 23 ma. 
6.3 v ac at 3 amps. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 360 Indicator contains a 3" flat- 
faced crt, accelerating voltage supply, vertical amplifier 
with a deflection factor of 0.05 v/div and a calibrated 
vertical attenuator. It is designed to be powered by a 
Tektronix Type 160 or Type 160A Power Supply and to 
receive its sweep and unblanking voltages from a Tek- 
tronix Type 162 Waveform Generator or from any Tek- 
tronix oscilloscope; it can, however, be operated from any 
source of the proper voltages and waveforms. A Type 360 
is well adapted to take the place of a bulkier general pur- 
pose oscilloscope in single monitoring applications; or 
several can be used along with Tektronix Type 160 Units 
as building blocks in a complex sequence-control and 
monitoring system. Several Type 360 Indicators can be 
driven by a single Type 162 Unit, and a simple Type 
161 -Type 162 hookup provides calibrated sweep delay. 
For low-level applications a Tektronix Type 122 Pream- 
plifier provides a deflection factor of 50 microvolts/div. 
A single Type 160A can supply power to five Type 360 
Units. Three Type 360 Units can be powered by a Type 
160 (predecessor to Type 160A) Power Supply. 




VERTICAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

DC-Coupled Amplifier — Frequency response of the 
calibrated vertical amplifier is dc to 500 kc. An AC-DC 
switch is provided to insert a blocking capacitor in the 
input when ac-coupling is desired. 

Calibrated Attenuator — Four positions. .0.05, 0.5, 
5, and 50 v/div. A variable control fills in between steps, 
making the attenuation continuously variable from 0.05 
v/div to 500 v/div. 

Signal Input — A front-panel coaxial connector is pro- 
vided for the input signal. Input impedance is 1 megohm 
paralled by by approximatley 40 /x/xf. 

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION SYSTEM 

Input Waveforms — A sawtooth waveform of either 
polarity can be used to drive the horizontal amplifier. 
The sawtooth waveform can have an overall amplitude 
from 1 1 to 150v with the extreme voltage limits at 
— 90 v and + 1 70 v. A 50-volt positive pulse waveform 
having the same time duration as the sweep waveform 



4/SB 




137 



TYPE 360 INDICATOR 



is necessary for unblanking the crt. The Type 1 62 Wave- 
form Generator, any Tektronix oscilloscope, or any other 
source of waveforms at the necessary dc levels is re- 
quired to supply the horizontal deflection system of the 
Type 360 Indicator. 

Horizontal Calibration — A screwdriver adjustment 
provides a means of calibrating the sweep. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Cathode-Ray Tube — Accelerating potential of 1.5 
kv is supplied to the 3WP crt. A P2 phosphor is normally 
furnished, but others are available upon request. 

DC-Coupled Unblanking — The external unblanking 
waveform is dc-coupled to the grid of the crt, assuring 
uniform bias for all sweeps and repetition rates. 

Illuminated Graticule — An edge-lighted graticule 
is marked in 1 0-horizontal, 8-vertical quarter-inch divi- 
sions. Illumination is controlled by a front-panel knob. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Vertical input amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Vertical output amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Voltage setting CF and horizontal amplifier 6AN8 

Horizontal feedback amplifier 6AU6 

High-voltage oscillator 6AQ5 

High-voltage regulator 1 2AT7 

High-voltage rectifiers 2 5642 

Cathode-ray tube 3WP2 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Mounting — Adaptable to rack mounting by a Tektronix 
accessory, the Type FA160 Mounting Frame. For des- 
cription and price, please see Accessory Section. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Dimensions— 4 Va" wide, 1 2 »/ 4 " high, 1 6" deep. 

Weight — 9 pounds. 

Price $195 

Includes: 1 — P51 0A attenuator probe 

1 — W160-20 connecting cable (012-016) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Optional Phosphors 

P2 crt phosphor normally furnished. 

PI , P7, PI 1 optional No extra charge 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 




c 



^ 



138 




4/5B 



I 



TYPE 126 POWER SUPPLY 




I 



for Type 360 Indicator 
and Type 1 60-Series Generators 



Output Voltages 



+ 300 v dc, unregulated. 
+ 225 v dc, regulated, 45 ma maximum. 
-f 150 v dc, regulated, 5 ma maximum. 
— 1 70 v dc, regulated, 30 ma maximum. 
6.3 v ac, unregulated, 4 amps maximum. 



Small — Adds only 2 % " in height to Type 360 Indi- 
cator. 



Electronic Voltage Regulation 



r* 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 126 Power Supply supplies the re- 
quired voltages and currents necessary to power one 
Type 360 Indicator or any one of the Type 1 60-Series 
Waveform Generators. The Type 126 mounts beneath 
the unit to be powered, and includes a cabinet to house 
both the Type 126 and the powered unit. 

A Type 126 Power Supply combined with a Type 360 
Indicator makes a practical, compact slave unit for any 
Tektronix oscilloscope. (The oscilloscope has the neces- 
sary sweep sawtooth and unblanking pulse for the Type 
360 Indicator available at front-panel connectors.) 



I* 













y 



°--» US4 



4/58 




ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Rectifiers 2 6BW4 

Regulator amplifier 6AU6 

Regulator amplifier and 

voltage regulator CF 6AN8 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

Voltage reference 5651 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle 
cabinet. 

Dimensions — 4 Vs " wide, 1 5 V% " deep, cabinet height 
14%". 

Weight — lOVi pounds. 

Power Requirements — 1 05-1 25 or 21 0-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 50 watts. 

Price $1 00 

Includes: 1 — Instruction manual 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



139 



. 




c 



«* 



I 



I TYPE 180A TIME-MARK GENERATOR 




l» 




Versatile Timing Source 



1 4 Time-Mark Intervals 

Two per decade from 1 ,asec to 5 sec, available sep- 
arately or in combinations as a timing comb. 



Three Sine-Wave Frequencies 

5 mc, 10 mc, and 50 mc. 



Six Trigger-Rate Frequencies 

1, 10, 100 cycles, 1, 10, 100 kc. 



Accuracy Within 0.03 % 

Stability of 2 ppm over a 24-hour period. 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 1 80A Time-Mark Generator is a high-quali- 
ty source of time markers, sine waves and trigger im- 
pulses. Fourteen time markers, 3 sine-wave frequencies 
and 6 trigger-rate frequencies provide instrument versa- 
tility for a large number of applications in the labora- 
tory or on the production line. With its frequency 
accuracy of 0.03% and stability of 2 ppm, the Type 
180A is an ideal calibrating source for oscilloscope 
sweeps, oscillators, counters. It can also be used as a 
time-measuring instrument and as a trigger-rate gener- 
ator. Markers can be presented separately or mixed 
into a timing-comb combination. 




Timing comb formed by a combination of 100, 
500 fisec, 1 , and 5 msec markers. 




CHARACTERISTICS 

Time Markers — Time markers occur at intervals of 
1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500 /xsec, 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500 milli- 
sec, 1 sec and 5 sec. Markers are available separately 
and simultaneously through banana jacks, or mixed into 
a timing combination through a push-button arrange- 
ment and available at a coaxial connector. 

Sine Waves — Push-button switches connect the sine- 
wave frequencies of 5 mc, 10 mc or 50 mc to the output 
connector. Output is approximately 3 volts. 

Trigger-Rate Generator — Trigger-rate frequencies 
of 1, 10, 100 cycles, 1,10, and 100 kc are derived from 
the dividing multivibrators. Output is through a front- 
panel coaxial connector. 

Stability — All outputs are derived from a 1-mc crys- 
tal-controlled oscillator with a frequency tolerance of 
about 0.03%. The 1-mc crystal is mounted in a temp- 
erature-stabilized oven. Stability is within 2 parts per 
million over a 24-hour period. 

Regulated Power Supply — Electronically-regulated 
dc supplies insure stable operation over line variations 
from 105-125 v, 50-60 cycles. 



ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Oscillator and buffer 2 6AN8 

Frequency multipliers 3 6DK6 



I 



4/SB 




141 



a 



m 



■ 



TYPE 180A TIME-MARK GENERATOR 



I 



Nominal Voltage, Impedance and Risetime Values 





Open Circuit 
Voltage 


Impedance at 
Half-Voltage 


Risetime 


Open Circuit 

Voltage 

(jacks) 


Impedance 


Markers 


1 volt minimum 


470 Q at 1 /xsecond 

to 3 kilohms at 

5 seconds 


0.05 ^sec at 1 jusec 

to 0.9 //.sec at 5 

seconds 


6 volts 
minimum 


1 00 Q at 1 /Asec to 
180 Q at 5 seconds 


Trigger 
Pulses 


1 V2 volt minimum 


82 O at 1 cps to 
120 Q at 100 kc 


0.07 fxsec at 100 kc 
to 0.25 jusec at 1 cps 






Sine 
Waves 


1 V2 volt minimum 
across 52-ohms 












Cathode follower 6AN8 

Divider multivibrators 14 5965 

Coupling diode and clamp 13 6AL5 

Marker cathode follower 13 1 2AU7 

Series regulator 6080 

Series regulator 2 1 2B4 

Regulator amplifier 2 6AU6 

Difference amplifier 6AN8 

Voltage reference 5651 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Ventilation — Filtered, forced-air ventilation assures 
safe operating temperature. 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis and 3-piece 
cabinet. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized front panel, wrinkle- 
finished cabinet. 

Dimensions — 10" wide, 17" high, 14" deep. 



142 



Weight — 31 pounds. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v or 210-250 v, 50-60 
cycles, 240 watts. 

Price $575 

Includes: 2 — P93 output cables 

1 — AT 00 clip-lead adapter 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 



Prices f.o.b. factory. {Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page.) 



c 



c 




4/5B 



1 






I 



TYPE 181 TIME-MARK GENERATOR 




* 



<• 



A Portable, Accurate Time-Mark Source 



Five Time-Mark Intervals 

I, 10, 100, 1000, and 10,000 microseconds, plus 
10-mc sine wave. 



Small Size 

8 % " high, 5 % " wide, 1 7 V 2 " deep. 

Low Weight 

Only 17V2 pounds. 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 181 provides accurate markers that can be 
displayed on an oscilloscope for sweep calibration or 
comparison time measurements. All six outputs are 
available at a common coaxial connector through use of a 
selector switch. The five time-markers are also available 
separately at front-panel binding posts for convenient 
utilization as trigger impulses, or for other purposes. 

All outputs are derived from a 1-mc crystal-controlled 
oscillator with a frequency tolerance of about 0.03% 
and a short time stability, after initial warmup, of about 
0.005% per hour. For applications requiring greater 
stability, a directly interchangable crystal is available. 
This plug-in accessory crystal is mounted in a tempera- 
ture-controlled oven, and provides a stability of 2 parts 
per million over a 24-hour period. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 



Nominal Output Values 



Amplitude 


Risetime 


Impedance 


2 v 


sine wave 


150 ohms 


2v 


0.05 /xsec 


80 ohms 


2v 


0.13 /xsec 


80 ohms 


2v 


0.2 /xsec 


80 ohms 


2v 


0.4 /xsec 


80 ohms 


2v 


0.4 /xsec 


80 ohms 



Marker 

0.1 /xsec 

1 /xsec 

1 /xsec 

1 00 /xsec 

1 000 /xsec 

10,000 /xsec 



Regulation — DC voltages are electronically regu- 
lated. 

» 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 or 210 to 250 
volts, 50 to 60 cycles, 100 watts. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Oscillator 6AU6 

Shaper and multiplier 6AN8 

Buffer and amplifier 6AN8 

Disconnect and limiting diodes 4 6AL5 

Frequency dividers 4 6BQ7A 

Output CF 2 1 2AU7 




Rectifier 6AX5 

Rectifier 6X4 

Voltage reference 5651 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Series regulators 2 1 2B4 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum -a Hoy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, wrinkle-finished 
cabinet. 

Size~8 3/ 4 " high, 5%" wide, 1 7 V 2 " deep. 
Weight — \7Vi pounds. 

Type 181 $225 

Includes: 1 — P93 output cable 

1 — W130B lead (012-014) 
1 — W130R lead (012-015) 
1 — Instruction manual 

Type 181, with Type C0181A Crystal-Oven Com- 
bination installed, $245 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type C0181A Crystal-Oven Combination — A 1-mc 
crystal mounted in a temperature-stabilized oven. Di- 
rectly interchangeable with standard crystal. Plugs into 
crystal socket of the Type 181 — no wiring changes 
necessary. Provides a frequency stability of 2 ppm over 
a 24-hour period $27.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



I 



4/5 B 




143 



TYPE RM181 TIME-MARK GENERATOR 



Rack-Mounting Time-Mark Source 





GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type RM181 is a mechanically rearranged Type 
181 Time-Mark Generator for mounting in a standard 
19-inch rack. The instrument is fastened to the front of 
the rack by four screws. It requires only 5 V4 inches of 
rack height. 



OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Electrical characteristics of the Type RM181 are the 
same as described for the Tektronix Type 181 Time-Mark 
Generator. Outputs are: 1, 10, 100, 1000, 10,000 micro- 
seconds, and a 10-mc sine wave. 



MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel. 

Dimensions — 5 % " high, 1 9" wide, 9 '/ 4 " rack depth 

(approximately 3" additional required for power cord), 
1 1" overall depth. 

Weight — 16% pounds. 



Type RM1 81 $250 

Includes: 1 — P93 output cable 

1 — W130B lead (012-014) 
1 — W130R lead (012-015) 
1- — Set mounting hardware 
1 — Instruction manual 

Type RM181, with Type C0181A Crystal-Oven Com- 
bination installed, $270 

Recommended Additional Accessories 

Type C0181A Crystal-Oven Combination — A 1-mc 
crystal mounted in a temperature-stabilized oven. Directly 
interchangeable with standard crystal. Plugs into crystal 
socket of the Type RM181 — no wiring changes neces- 
sary. Provides a frequency stability of 2 ppm over a 
24-hour period $27.00 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase or- 
ders involving painted panels. 

Prices f.o.b. factory. { Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



c 



*t 



144 




4/5 B 



I 



TYPE 190A SIGNAL GENERATOR 



* 



Constant -Amplitude Signal Generator 



* 




r 



Output Frequency 

Continuously variable from 350 kc to 50 mc in 6 
ranges. Additional setting at 50 kc, variable over a nar- 
row band. Indication accurate within 2 per cent. 

Output Amplitude 

Continuously variable from 40 millivolts to 10 volts 
peak-to-peak in 7 ranges. Amplitude indication accurate 
within 10% of full scale. 

Amplitude Variation 

The load resistance should be at least 52 ohms. Load 
shunt capacitance should not exceed 10 fifxf. The output 
amplitude varies less than ±2 per cent from 50 kc to 
30 mc; less than ±5 per cent from 30 mc to 50 mc. 

Harmonic Content 

Maximum harmonic content is not specified. The har- 
monic content of a typical instrument will not exceed 5 % . 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Tektronix Type 1 90A supplies a constant-ampli- 
tude sine-wave signal over the frequency range of 350 kc 
to 50 mc. In addition, it supplies a 50-kc sine-wave out- 
put for reference purposes. Principal application of this 
instrument is the measurement of high-frequency response 
and other characteristics of wide-band amplifiers, atten- 
uators, and delay networks. 

The Type 190A is housed in an attractive new three- 
piece cabinet, designed for easy access to the interior of 
the instrument. All controls are located for maximum op- 
erator convenience. The attenuator is a separate unit, 
connecting to the main unit through a 36" cable. 

Peak-to-peak level of the output signal at the input to 
the attenuator is indicated on the amplitude meter. Out- 
put is maintained at a constant level by the control volt- 
age fed back from the sampling rectifier in the attenuator 
unit. This control signal varies the oscillator plate voltage 
through an electronic regulator circuit. 

ELECTRON-TUBE COMPLEMENT 

Oscillator 6C4 

Meter amplifier 1 2AU7 

Compensating diode 6AL5 

Sampling diode 6AZ5 

Voltage regulator OB2 

Regulator amplifiers 2 6AU6 

Series regulator . 1 2AU7 

Power rectifier 5Y3G 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Size— 9%" wide, 13y 2 " high, 11" deep. Attenuator 
unit — 2%" x 2 1 /," x 2". Connecting cable — 36" long. 

Weight — 24 pounds. 

Construction — Aluminum alloy. 

Finish — Photo-etched anodized panel, blue wrinkle- 
finshed cabinet. 

Power Requirements — 105-125 v, or 210-250 v, 50- 
60 cycles, 100 watts. 

Price $275 

Includes: 1 — Attenuator unif 

1 — 36" connecting cable 
1 — Instruction manual 

Painted Panels 

Tektronix Instruments can be furnished with painted 
front panels on special order. Please consult your Tek- 
tronix Field Engineer or Representative for specifications 
and other special information required on purchase orders 
involving painted panels. 

Prices f .o.b. factory. ( Please refer to Terms and Ship- 
ment, GENERAL INFORMATION page. ) 



I 



5/5B 




145 









I 















40 









c 



^ 



I 



SCOPE-MOBILES 




Type 500/53A 



Type 500A 



l» 





f 



The Tektronix Type 500/53A Scope-Mobile is a stur- The Tektronix Type 500A Scope-Mobile is identical 

dy, mobile support for Tektronix 5" Oscilloscopes. Con- to the Type 500/53A, except for the front panel. Aux- 

venient observation of the crt face is achieved by a 20- iliary equipment can be mounted behind the blank 

degree backward tilt of the top surface. The front panel front panel, but it will usually be necessary to provide 

has two supporting cradles to accommodate Type 53 forced-air ventilation for the equipment compartment, 

and Type 53/54 Plug-In Units. A drawer, felt-lined A fan kit, 040-161, is recommended for this purpose. 

and operating on roller bearings, provides handy stor- Type 500A 97.50 

age for probes, cables, manuals, etc. An open shelf, 
topped with tough linoleum, is located at the bottom. 
Power input and three convenience outlets are mounted 
at the rear. Total weight is 35 pounds. Dimensions are 

18V 2 " wide, 39" high and 30" deep. \ - ^ >. ■ <^ 

Type 500/53A $1 08.00 

Type 53A Scope-Mobile Panel — for Type 500A ^^ "W^ 

Scope-Mobiles. Converts the Type 500A to a Type ^. ' -^ \ 
500/53A by replacing the standard blank panel. 

014-005 10.50 

Type 53 Scope-Mobile Panel — For Type 500 Scope- Scope-Mobile Fan Kit — for forced-air ventilation of 

Mobiles only. Converts the earlier Type 500 model to the equipment compartment of the Type 500A Scope- 

a Type 500/53 by replacing the standard blank panel. Mobile. Contains motor, blade, filter, and mounting 

014-004 10.50 hardware. 040-161 15.00 

Prices f.o.b. factory. 




I 



5/5B 




147 






L> 



C 



•i 



i 



I 

ps^.N' ,V ,V .V .V .-V ,-V ,V .V ,V y^V /Vl 

rv^/ ^y ^y v^y *v^y -y^y 

S% sS* vi> s^ ^> ^ v ^>j£> vi>. vi> s<>- ^ 






^ ^-^V-^v \/ ^> \/ ^> ^ ^> v/ v^ 

w ^ W O W W W W W W v^ W „ 

J y y Vy vy g // vy vy ■" 

v» 0> v» vS" ^> 0> ^V" ^> <o> ^ ^ 0> 

to 



r 



ACCESSORIES 

These accessories ore designed to 
expand the applicability of Tektronix 
Oscilloscopes in order that a greater 
benefit might accrue to the user. 



i 



D 



o 



€ 



<1 



i 




MODIFICATION KITS 



H 



Type 531 and Type 541 Oscilloscopes 

K531 Sweep Lockout. Single-sweep lockout reset feature 
for one-shot recording. 040-1 18 $25.00 



Type 532 Oscilloscopes 

K532 Sweep Lockout. Same as for Type 531 and 541. 
040-147 $25.00 



Type 531 and Type 535 Oscilloscopes 

K531/535. Preset Stability. Eliminates trigger-control re- 
adjustments in most applications. For Type 531 serial num- 
bers 101 through 607, for Type 535 serial numbers 101 
through 1074. 040-149 $18.50 

K530/K540-1. Preset Stability. For Type 531 serial num- 
bers 608 through 5453, for Type 535 serial numbers 1075 
through 5469. 040-1 52 $5.00 

K530/K540-2. Preset Stability. For Type 531 serial num- 
bers 5454 through 6019, for Type 535 serial numbers 5470 
through 6044. 040-153 $4.50 

K530/K540-3. Preset Stability. For Type 531 serial num- 
bers 6020 through 6710, for Type 535 serial numbers 6045 
through 7552. 040-154 $2.50 

K531/535 HF SYNC. Improves operation of HF SYNC 
triggering mode. For Type 531 serial numbers 101 through 
651, for Type 535 serial numbers 101 through 1207. 
040-150 $1-50 

Type 541 and Type 545 Oscilloscopes 

K530/K540-1. Preset Stability. Eliminates trigger-control 
readjustments in most applications. For Type 541 serial num- 
bers 101 through 5253, for Type 545 serial numbers 101 
through 5550. 040-152 $5.00 

K530/K540-2. Preset Stability. For Type 541 serial num- 
bers 5254 through 5414, for Type 545 serial numbers 5551 
through 5945. 040-1 53 $4.50 

K530/K540-3. Preset Stability. For Type 541 serial num- 
bers 5415 through 5942, for Type 545 serial numbers 5946 
through 7400. 040-1 54 $2.50 



Type 51 7 Oscilloscopes 

K5 17-593. Increases reliability of boot-strap circuitry 
and simplifies maintenance. For serial numbers 101 through 
560. 040-053 No Charge 

K517-1 127-1. Cathode-ray tube change to a T54PH. 
Increases vertical sensitivity to 0.05 v/cm, increases vertical 
deflection to 4 cm, improves focus and sweep linearity. In- 
cludes T54P11H cathode-ray tube. For serial numbers 101 
through 925 except 921. 040-108 $120.00 

K51 7-1 127-2. Limits sweep duty cycle to 15% to avoid 
overloading sweep circuits. For serial numbers 101 through 
925 except 921. 040-107 $10.00 



Type 524 Oscol Iosco pes 

K524-1010. Improved high-voltage supply. For serial 
numbers 101 through 1429. 040-058 $40.00 

K524-579. Installation of 7" fan increases reliability. 
For serial numbers 101 through 789. 040-060 $18.00 

K524-705. Reduces ripple in power supply. For serial 
numbers 101 through 820. 040-090 No Charge 

K524-717. Prevents parasitic oscillations in vertical 
amplifier. For serial numbers 101 through 859. 040-091 .. 
No Charge 

K524-1021A. Front-panel power receptacle for P500CF 
cathode-follower probe. For serial numbers 101 through 
1842. 040-059 $5.00 

K524-748-1. Relocates selenium rectifiers in airstream 
for improved reliability. Includes thermal cut-out. For serial 
numbers 101 through 902. 040-055 $17.00 

K524-748-2. Same as above. For serial numbers 903 
through 1069. 040-056 $17.00 

K524-805. Converts vertical-amplifier response to flat 
within ± 1 % to 5 mc. Includes new access panel. For 
serial numbers 101 through 1399. 040-057 $6.50 

For a complete list of available modification kits, 
please call your Field Engineer or Representative. 



f 



I 



4/S8 




151 




I 
I 



c 



•t 



I 



I 



J 



ACCESSORIES 




to 



f 



I 



Operational Accessories 

PROBES 




P400-Series Low-Capacitance Probes — This series of 
low-capacitance probes preserves the transient response 
of Tektronix fast-rise instruments. The P400-Series probes 
are free of overshoot and ringing and have relatively 
uniform high-frequency response. With exception of the 
P450-L, these probes can be used on other instruments 
having input capacitances from 20 to 50 /x/rf. General 
physical characteristics of the P400-Series probe are 
identical to the P51 0A probe. Color-coding of the plastic 
nose indicates attenuation ratio. Probes have 42" cable 
with coaxial connector. Two interchangable Tektips — a 
straight tip and a hooked tip — each adding less than 
0.5 jip.f to the input capacitance, and an alligator clip 
assembly are supplied with the probes. 

P405, P410, P420 10.50 

P450, P450-L, P41 00 . 1 2.50 

P400-SERIES PROBE SPECIFICATIONS 







INPUT IMPEDANCE 


DB 


Voltage 
Rating 




Ratio 


Resist. 


Capacitance 


at 


Probe 


Atten. 


(MegS2} 


Minimum* Maximumj 


30 MC 


(max.) 


P405 


5:1 


5 


1 2 fifii 


19 fifif 


1-2 


600 


P410 


10:1 


10 


8 fifii 


11 fifii 




600 


P420 


20:1 


10 


5.5 fifif 


7 fifii 




600 


P450 


50:1 


10 


3.5 fifii 


3.5 fifif 


1 


1000 


P450-L 


50:1 


10 


2.5 fifii 






1000 


P4100 


100:1 


10 


2.5 fifii 


2.5 fifif 




1000 



*When connected to instruments with 20-fifif input capacitance. 
tWhen connected to instruments with input capacitances up to 50 fifif. 

P400-Series Probes with Long Cables — Input capaci- 
tance and insertion loss are affected by cable length. 
With cables up to 12' in length, insertion loss is less 
than 3 db at 20 mc, and overshoot is less than 1 %. 

P400-SERIES PROBES with 8' CABLES 



Probe 


INPUT CAPACITANCE 


Tek 


Price 




Minimum Maximum 


Number 




P405 


21 fifii 


30 fifif 


010-013 


$12.50 


P410 


1 2 fifii 


15 fifii 


010-014 


12.50 


P420 


8 fifii 


9 fifii 


010-015 


12.50 


P450 


4 fifii 


4 fi/ii 


010-016 


14.50 


P450-L 


3 fifii 




010-017 


14.50 


P4100 


3 fifii 


3 fifii 


010-018 


14.50 



Prices for P400-Series Probes with other cable lengths 
available on request. 




P510A Attenuator Probe provides an attenuation of 
ten times when used with Tektronix oscilloscopes and am- 
plifiers. The P510A is small and streamlined, and pre- 
sents an input impedance of 10 megohms paralleled by 
1 4 /x/xf . The probe is completely insulated — made of 
high-impact-strength fiberglass-reinforced alkyd — and 
has an internal brass shield. Two interchangeable Tek- 
tips — a straight tip and a hooked tip, and an alligator clip 
assembly are furnished. Probe has a 42" cable with co- 
axial connector, and is rated at 600 v maximum. 

P510A 8.50 

P510A PROBES WITH LONG CABLES 

P510A probe cables ring at a period that depends on 
the cable length and, to a lesser degree, on the input 
capacitance of the oscilloscope used. Each particular 
cable length will be satisfactory only when zero trans- 
mission of the oscilloscope does not extend to a fre- 
quency that includes the resonant frequency of the 
probe. This difficulty has been eliminated in the P400- 
Series Probes. 

P510A with 6' cable, Tek 010-004 9.00 

P510A with 8' cable, Tek 010-005 9.50 

Prices for P510A Probes with other cable lengths avail- 
able on request. 




P170CF Cathode Follower Probe was developed for 
use with the Type 517 Oscilloscope. The cathode-fol- 
lower tube is a 5718 triode whose cathode load is the 
170-ohm termination of the preamplifier grid line in the 
Type 517. Plate and heater voltages for this tube are 
provided at a four-terminal socket on the panel of the 
oscilloscope. The signal is attenuated by 2 times when 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



A/SB 




153 






ACCESSORIES 



Operational Accessories 



using the P170CF. The input impedance of the probe 
will depend on the attenuator head being used, also 
since transit time in the cathode-follower tube is involv- 
ed, it will decrease appreciably at the higher frequen- 
cies. When the probe is used without an attenuator 
head, the input looks like 12 megohms shunted by 5 ju.ju.f- 
The probe cable is 42" long. Probe complete with 3 at- 
tenuator heads 86.00 

REPLACEMENT ATTENUATOR HEADS 

PAX-I Attenuator Head for P170CF, attenuation can 
be varied between 4 times and 40 times 11 .00 

PAX-II Attenuator Head for P170CF, attenuation can 
be varied between 20 times and 200 times 11.00 

PAX-III Attenuator Head for P170CF, attenuation can 
be varied between 200 times and 2000 times .... 1 1 .00 

P170CF can be used with the Type 513 Oscilloscope, 
but low-frequency response will suffer somewhat, de- 
pending on the attenuator head being used. It is neces- 
sary to terminate the 170-ohm cable at the oscilloscope 
input. B170R terminating resistor is designed for this. 
(See terminations.) A rectifier kit, KP170CF, is recom- 
mended for installation in Type 513 to rectify the 6.3 
volt heater supply. 

KP170CF DC Filament Kit for Type 51 3 4.50 




P500CF Cathode-Follower Probe — For use with Types 
524D and 524AD Oscilloscopes. Presents low capaci- 
tance with minimum attenuation. Input impedance is 40 
megohms paralleled by 4 ,u.ju.f, gain 0.8 to 0.85. Input to 
probe is ac-coupled, limiting its low-frequency response 
to 5 cycles. Amplitude distortion is less than 3% on 
unidirectional signals up to 5 volts. 1 Ox attenuator head 
is included with probe, and should be used on signals 
exceeding a few volts to minimize amplitude distortion. 
With the attenuator head attached, the probe input im- 
pedance is approximately 10 megohms paralled by 2/x/xf. 
Probe output level is 1 1 v positive, making it necessary 
to use the ac-coupled position of the oscilloscope AC-DC 
switch. Probe cable is 42" long 64.00 



A modTffcation kit is available to equip the Type 524D 

Oscilloscope with a front-panel probe-power connector. 

Modification Kit K524-1021A 5.00 

TYPE 128 PROBE POWER SUPPLY 




Type 128 Probe Power Supply for P500CF and 
P170CF cathode-follower probes. The Type 128 supplies 
the necessary plate and filament voltages for one or 
two probes, making it possible to use the cathode-fol- 
lower probes with oscilloscopes not equipped with a 
probe-power outlet. 

DC Output Voltages: 

+ 1 20 v regulated, at 25 ma 
+ 6.3 v unregulated, at 150 ma 
+ 6.3 v unregulated, at 150 ma 

When a P170CF probe is to be used with an instru- 
ment other than the Tektronix Type 517, a 170-ohm 
terminating resistor is required. The B170R Terminating 
Resistor is recommended for this purpose. 

Ripple — Ripple on the 1 20 v supply is not more than 
5 mv peak-to-peak, and not more than 75 mv peak-to- 
peak on the 6.3 v supplies. 

Power Requirements — 105 to 125 v or 210 to 250 v, 
50 to 60 cycles, 25 watts using two P500CF probes. 

Dimensions — 4 % " wide, 7 3 A" high, 9" overall 
depth. 

Weight — 6 lbs. 

Type 1 28, Tek 01 5-006 $95.00 

Probe Power-Cable Extension — a 24" 3-conductor 
power-cable extension for Tektronix cathode-follower 
probes. Permits wider separation of the probe power 
source from the instrument signal input. 

012-030 $5.00 



c 



c 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



°t 



154 




4/sa 



I 



ACCESSORIES 




Operational Accessories 



H 



r 



TERMINATIONS, PADS, ATTENUATORS 




B52-R 52-ohm terminating resistor, 1.5 w. . 8.50 

B52-L5 52-ohm T pad, 5 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B52-L10 52-ohm 'L' pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B52-75L Minimum-loss pad, 52 ohms to 75 

ohms 1 1.50 

B52-170L Minimum-loss pad, 52 ohms to 170 

ohms 1 1.50 

B52-T10 52-ohm T pad, 1 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 11.50 

B75-R 75-ohm terminating resistor, 1.5 w. . 8.50 

011-023 75-ohm terminating resistor for Type 

525, 0.5 w 4.00 

B75-L5 75-ohm T pad, 5 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B75-L10 75-ohm T pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B75-T10 75-ohm T pad, 1 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 11.50 

B93-R 93-ohm terminating resistor, 1.5 w. . 8.50 

B93-L5 93-ohm 'L' pad, 5 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B93-L10 93-ohm 'L' pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 8.50 

B93-52L Minimum-loss pad, 93 ohms to 52 

ohms, 1.5 w 11.50 

B93-T10 93-ohm T pad, 10 to 1 voltage ratio, 

1.5 w 11.50 

B170-R 170-ohm terminating resistor, 1.5 w. . 8.50 

B170-A 170-ohm --attenuator, using 2% pre- 
cision resistors, 1 to 64 db in 1 db steps, 
0.25 w 45.00 




Binding Post Adapter with ground terminal, % M spac- 
ing. Tek no. 013-009 $3.00 




FB 310 Fan Base — for Type 310 Oscilloscope. Pro- 
vides filtered, forced-air ventilation to assure safe op- 
erating temperature when the Type 310 Oscilloscope is 
being used continuously over long periods, or in hot or 
limited-ventilation areas. The fan base tilts the oscillo- 
scope to a convenient viewing angle. For use on 105- 
125 v, 60 cycle only 25.00 

FB 310-S1 Fan Base — for use on 210-250 v, 50 to 
60 cycles only 25.00 




53/54 Storage Frame Cabinet — Mounts in standard 
rack, holds three Type 53/54 Plug-In Units. Dimensions: 
19" wide, 8 3 / 4 " high, 9% " deep. Tek no. 437-031 . Price, 
without plug-in units 25.00 




F30 Production Test Fixture, for use with the Type 130 
L,C Meter. Speeds sorting and testing of capacitors and 
inductors 3.00 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



I 



4/5B 




155 



ACCESSORIES 



Operational Accessories 





BE510 Bezel, for mounting camera on Tektronix 5" 
oscilloscopes. Dimensions — 5%" square; ring 7 k" deep, 
diameter 5 5 /s" outside, 5 Vs " inside. Die-cast construc- 
tion, wrinkle finish, felt lined 4.50 




C0181A Crystal-Oven Combination — A 1-mc crystal 
mounted in a temperature-stabilized oven. Directly in- 
terchangeable with standard crystal. Plugs into crystal 
socket of the Type 181 — no wiring changes necessary. 
Provides a frequency stability of 2 ppm over a 24-hour 
period 27.00 







HC 310 Collapsible Viewing Hood, for Tektronix 3" 
Oscilloscopes. It is made of black acrylic plastic with 
handy fastening arrangement. Tek no. 016-010. .3.50 




DP 52 Deflection Plate Connector, for Type 530 and 
540-Series Oscilloscopes. A convenient means of making 
a connection directly to the cathode-ray tube vertical- 
deflection plates. Function of the vertical positioning 
control is retained. The connector is designed for use with 
a 52-ohm cable. 

For instruments with serial numbers below 5001, 
Tek no. 01 3-006 5.00 

For instruments with serial numbers 5001 and above, 
Tek no. 013-007 5.00 




c 



H310 Viewing Hood, for Tektronix 3" Oscilloscopes. 
Includes molded rubber eye-piece and spun-aluminum 
light shield • • 4.50 




H510 Viewing Hood, for Tektronix 5" Oscilloscopes. 
Includes molded rubber eye-piece and aluminum light 
shield 4.50 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



°\ 



156 




4/5 B 



I 



ACCESSORIES 




Operational Accessories 



to 




FA160 Mounting frame. Holds four of any 
combination of Type 122, Type 360, 
and Type 160-Series units. Mounts to 
standard instrument rack 5.00 

COAXIAL CABLES 

P52 Coaxial cable, 52 ohms nominal imped- 
ance, 42" long 4.00 

P75 Coaxial cable, 75 ohms nominal imped- 
ance, 42" long 4.00 

P93 Coaxial cable, 93 ohms nominal imped- 
ance, 42" long 4.00 

P93A Coaxial output cable, 93 ohms, termin- 
ated with variable attenuator, 42" long. . 13.50 



P93B Coaxial output cable, 93 ohms, termin- 
ated with y 2 -watt 93-ohm resistor, 42" 
long • ■ 5.00 

PI 70 Coaxial cable, 170 ohms nominal imped- 
ance, 42" long 9.50 




040-065 Blank Plug-in Skeleton 15.00 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Al 00 Adapter, clip lead 2.00 

A510 Adapter, binding post 2.00 



f 



I 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



4/5 S 




157 



■ 

o' 

I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 
I 

c] 

D 
D 
I 
I 
I 
I 

I 
I 



ACCESSORIES 




Test Accessories 
Plug -In Test Unit 



H 



GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

The Type 53/54P is a special-purpose test unit for Tek- 
tronix convertible oscilloscopes. You plug it in instead of 
of a plug-in preamplifier, and use the step function it 
generates to adjust the oscilloscope main vertical ampli- 
fier and delay network. By this procedure you can stand- 
ardize the transient response of a number of like oscillo- 
scopes. A Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplifier will exhibit 
identical transient-response characterises in like oscillo- 
scopes that have been standardized with the Type 
53/54P. 

OTHER CHARACTERISTICS 

Risetime of the step function generated by the Type 
53/54P is less than 4 millimicroseconds. Polarity can be 
either positive or negative, and amplitude is continuously 
adjustable from to 3 major graticule divisions. Repe- 
tition rate is 240/sec- 

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 

Construction — Aluminum-alloy chassis. 
Finish — Photo-etched panel. 
Weight — 3 V2 pounds. 



Price 



$60 




I 



f 




013-002 (EP53) Plug-in Extension — Allows the 
plug-in preamplifier unit for the Type 530 and Type 
540-Series Oscilloscopes to be operated partially out of 
its housing 5.00 




013-005 (EP53A) Gain Set Adapter — Permits an ex- 
ternal calibrating signal to bypass the plug-in preampli- 
fier, for calibrating the sensitivity of the main amplifier 
of Type 530 and 540-Series Oscilloscopes 5.00 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



I 



4/58 




159 



ACCESSORIES 



Test Accessories 




015-001 ($30) Delta Standards, for calibration of 
the Type 130 L,C Meter. The unit provides accurately 
adjusted steps of capacitance and inductance, selected 
by a rotary selector switch. Values of the capacitance 
steps correspond to the full-scale adjustments required 
on the five scales of the Type 130. Two resistors of 
identical manufacture and similar capacitance, values 
of 1 megohm and 0.1 megohm, are provided for the 
resistance compensation adjustment. A 300-juh stand- 
ard permits proper adjustments of the inductance 
ranges 22.00 




01 1-021 (CS 47) Input Capacitance Standardizer — For 
use with Type 53 and Type 53/54 Plug-In Preamplifiers 
having an input capacitance of 47 /x/ii. With this acces- 
sory the input capacitance of each preamplifier can be 
standardized to 47 /tjui, eliminating the necessity for 
probe readjustment when used with different plug-in 
preamplifiers 11 .50 

011-022 (CS 20) Input Capacitance Standardizer — 
Similar to 011-021 (CS 47), for use with the Types 
53/54C, 53/54K and 53/54L Plug-In Preamplifiers hav- 
ing 20 fx/jii input capacitance 11 .50 



Prices f.o.b. factory. 



Replacement Parts 




c 



CATHODE-RAY TUBES 

5BGP/T51PA is used in Tektronix Types 513, 531, 533 
535, RM31,and RM35 



154-103 



T52P11 50.00 



154-080 5BGP1/T51P1A . . 

154-081 5BGP2/T51P2A . . 

154-123 5BGP5/T51P5A . . 

154-082 5BGP7/T51P7A . . 

154-083 5BGP11/T51P11A 

154-101 5BGP12/T51P12A 

154-117 5BGP14/T51P14A 

154-096 5BGP15/T51P15A 

154-092 5BGP16/T51P16A 

154-121 5BGP19/T51P19A 

154-124 5BGP24/T51P24A 



75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 
75.00 



T52P is used in Tektronix Types 525, 532, RM32, 570, 
and 575 



154-093 
154-097 
154-102 



T52P1 50.00 

T52P2 50.00 

T52P7 50.00 



5BHP/T54P is used in Tektronix Types 541, 545, RM41, 
and RM45 

154-106 5BHP1/T54P1 100.00 

1 54-098 5BHP2/T54P2 1 00.00 

154-1 1 1 5BHP5/T54P5 100.00 

154-104 5BHP7/T54P7 100.00 

154-099 5BHP11/T54P11 100.00 

154-110 5BHP14/T54P14 100.00 

154-122 5BHP15/T54P15 100.00 

154-118 5BHP16/T54P16 100.00 

T54PH is used in Tektronix Type 517A 

154-107 T54P1H 110.00 

154-109 T54P2H 110.00 

1 54- 1 08 T54P7H 1 1 0.00 

154-105 T54P11H 110.00 

154-115 T54P15H 110.00 

154-128 T54P16H 110.00 



°l 



160 




4/58 



I 



ACCESSORIES 




H 




T55P is used in Tektronix Types 515 and RM1 5 

154-125 T55P1 60.00 

1 54-1 20 T55P2 60.00 

154-126 T55P7 60.00 

154-127 T55P11 60.00 

T56P is used in Tektronix Type 536 

154-140 T56P1 60.00 

154-133 T56P2 60.00 

154-135 T56P7 60.00 

154-136 T56P11 60.00 

T32P is used in Tektronix Types 316 and RM16 
(Replaces T31P with minor circuit changes) 

154-154 T32P1 40.00 

1 54- 1 55 T32P2 40.00 

154-156 T32P7 40.00 

154-157 T32P11 40.00 

154-158 T32P16 40.00 

1 54- 1 59 T32P24 40.00 

GRATICULES 

386-395 Unruled, for Type 310, 316, and 360. . 1.00 

386-312 Unruled, for Type 315 1.00 

386-326 Unruled, fits Types 511 A, 512, 513, 

514, 514A, 524D, 524AD, 531 and 535 1.00 

386-451 Unruled, for Types 515, 515A, 541, 545, 

51 7A 1.00 

331-027 Quarter-inch divisions, 8 divisions verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Type 310, 
316 and 360 1.50 

331-005 Quarter-inch divisions, 8 divisions verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Type 315. . . 1.50 

331-023 Centimeter ruling, 4 centimeters verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Types 511 A 
with 5CP CRT 1.50 

331-024 Centimeter ruling, 4 vertically, 10 hori- 
zontally, for Type 514 with 5CP CRT, 
513 with T51 PA CRT 1.50 

331-006 Centimeter ruling, 6 centimeters verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Type 512 
with 5CP CRT, Types 514A, 524D, 
524AD and Type 51 1 A with 5ABP CRT 1.50 

331-010 Centimeter ruling, 8 centimeters verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Type 512 
with 5ABP CRT 1 .50 

331-007 Centimeter ruling, 4 centimeters verti- 
cally, 8 horizontally, for Type 513 with 
5XP CRT 1 .50 

331-037 Graticule 5", 6 cm vertically, 10 cm 

horizontally, for Type 515, 51 5A .... 1 .50 



331-008 Centimeter ruling, 4 cm vertically, 8 

horizontally, for Type 517 with 5XP crt 9.50 

331-033 Adjustable reference, 4 cm vertically, 8 
horizontally for Type 51 7A and Type 
517 with T54P CRT 1 .50 

331-009 TV RMA style ruling for percentage 
measurements, for Types 524D and 
524AD 1.50 

331-035 Ruling in percentages, —40 to +100, 

for Type 525 1 .50 

331-026 Centimeter ruling, 8 centimeter verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Type 532. . . 1.50 

331-016 Centimeter ruling, 6 centimeters verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Types 531 
and 535 1.50 

331-034 Centimeter ruling, 4 centimeters verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Types 541 
and 545 1.50 

331-028 Division ruling, 10 divisions vertically, 
10 horizontally, for Types 536, 570 
and 575 1.50 

331-045 Centimeter ruling, 6 centimeters verti- 
cally, 10 horizontally, for Type 551 . . 1.50 

CATHODE-RAY-TUBE LIGHT FILTERS 

378-511 3" Amber (forType310, 316and360) .50 

378-509 3" Green (for Type 310, 316 and 360 » .50 

378-510 3" Blue (for Type 310, 316 and 360) . .50 

378-512 3" Yellow (for Types 310, 316 & 360) .50 

378-506 3" Amber (for Type 315D) 50 

378-505 3" Green (for Type 315D) 50 

378-507 3" Blue (for Type 315D) 50 

378-508 3" Yellow (for Type 315D) 50 

378-501 (F510-3) 5" Amber, fits Types 511 A, 
512, 513, 514, 514A, 524D, 524AD, 
531, and 535 90 

378-502 5" Yellow, fits Types 511 A, 512, 513, 
514, 514A, 524D, 524AD, 531, and 
535 90 

378-503 (F510-5) 5" Green, fits Types 511 A, 

512, 513, 514, 514A, 524D, 524AD, 

531, and 535 90 

378-504 (F510-6) 5" Blue, fits Types 51 1 A, 51 2, 

513, 514, 514A, 524D, 524AD, 531, 

and 535 90 

378-514 5" Green, adjustable, for Types 515, 

5 1 5 A, 5 1 7A, 54 1 , 545 90 

378-515 5" Blue, adjustable, for Types 515, 

515A, 517A, 541,545 90 

378-516 5" Amber, adjustable, for Types 515, 

515A, 517A, 541, 545 90 



I 



4/5B 




161 



ACCESSORIES 



AC POWER CORDS 

161-004 (COP 16-8) No. 16 wire, 8' long 2.40 

161-003 (COP 18-1) No. 18 wire, 1' long 85 

161-001 (COP 18-8) No. 18 wire, 8' long 1.50 

161-007 (COP 18-8) Right angle 1.50 

SPECIAL CORDS AND LEADS 

012-007 (W112R) Red output lead for Type 112 1.00 

012-008 (W112B) Black output lead for Type 

112 100 

012-009 (W122) Battery power lead for Type 

122 7.50 

012-014 (W130B) Black output lead for Type 

130 1-00 

01 2-01 5 ( Wl 30R) Red output lead for Type 1 30 1 .00 
012-016 (Wl 60-20) 20" inter-unit power cable 

for Type 1 60-Series 200 

012-017 (W160-10) 10" inter-unit power cable 

for Type 1 60-Series 2.00 

012-012 (W517) Inter-unit power cable for 

Type 517 9 - 50 

012-022 Shielded cable for Type 53/54E, 30" 

long 3-°° 

012-013 (W530B) 16" Black test lead for Type 

530 and 540-Series Oscilloscopes .... 1.00 

012-031 (PC-18R) 18" Red test lead for Type 

530 and 540-Series Oscilloscopes .... 1.50 

ADAPTER PLATES 

(for Type 570) 

016-004 7 pin with jacks installed 4.00 

016-005 8 pin with jacks installed 4.00 

016-006 9 pin with jacks installed 4.00 

016-007 Blank with jacks included 2.50 

PATCH CORDS 

(for Type 570) 

01 2-023 Double Patch Cord, Black 6" 1 .25 

(banana plug & jack combination both ends) 

01 2-024 Double Patch Cord, Red 6" 1-25 

(banana plug & jack combination both ends) 

01 2-025 Suppressor Cord, 1 00 O, 6" 1-50 

(banana plug both ends) 
01 2-026 Suppressor Cord, 300 a, 6" 1-50 

(banana plug both ends) 

01 2-027 Suppressor Cord, 1 k,6" 1-50 

(banana plug both ends) 

01 2-028 Single Patch Cord, Black 6" 1-00 

01 2-029 Single Patch Cord, Red 6" 1-00 



162 



AIR FILTERS 

378-008 Spun glass, disposable 5% x 5 % x 1 for 

FB 310 Fan Base 25 

378-002 Aluminum, 7x7x 1 for Type 31 5D 1.20 

378-015 Aluminum 7 x 7 x 1 for Type 316 and 

180A 1-85 

378-017 Aluminum 6% x 6V2 x 1 for Type 

RM16 1.85 

378-004 Aluminum, 1 1 % x 1 1 % x 1 for Type 513 2.00 
378-003 Aluminum, 8 x 8 x 1 for Types 514, 524, 

525 1-50 

378-010 Aluminum, 8x8 x 1 for Types 515, 515A 1.50 

378-016 Aluminum 7 x 7 x 1 for Type RM15. . . 1.85 

378-01 1A Aluminum, 1 x 1 x 1 f or Types 530 

and 540-Series, 551, 570 and 575. . . 1.75 

378-009 Spun glass filter with back-up screens, 
1 x 1 x % , disposable, for Type 530- 
540 series 1 -75 

378-01 2 Spun glass filter only for above 1 .00 

ATTENUATOR HEADS 

010-301 PAX-1 Attenuator Head for P170CF, 
attenuation can be varied between 4 
times and 40 times 11 .00 

010-302 PAX-2 Attenuator Head for P170CF, 
attenuation can be varied between 20 
times and 200 times 1 1 .00 

010-303 PAX-3 Attenuator Head for P170CF, 
attenuation can be varied between 200 
times and 2000 times 1 1 .00 

PROBE TIPS 




206-008 Tek tip, Hook Shank 25 

206-009 Tek tip, Straight Shank 25 

206-011 Pin Jack Probe Tip, Bent Shank (fits 

0.082" pin jacks) 25 

344-005 Alligator Clip Assembly 40 




c 





4/5B 



I 



ACCESSORIES 




!• 



MISCELLANEOUS 

01 1-018 Attenuator unit, for Type 190 19.00 

01 1-024 Attenuator unit, for Type 190A 22.00 

010-003 P93C Probe, for Type 1 30 2.00 

014-003 FM 124 Mounting frame, for Type 124. 5.00 



INSTRUCTION MANUALS 

104A 1.50 

105 1.75 

107 1.75 

112 1.50 

121 1.50 

122 1.50 

1 24 1 .75 

126 1.50 

128 1.50 

130 1.50 

160 or 160A 1.50 

161 1.50 

1 62 1 .50 

163 1 .50 

1 80 or 1 80A 2.00 

181 1.75 

190A 1.50 

310 3.50 

315D 4.00 

316, RM16 or RH16 4.50 

360 1 .75 

502 4.00 

507 4.00 

51 1A or 51 IAD 2.75 



512 2.75 

513 or 513D 2.75 

514 or 514D 2.75 

514A or 514AD 3.00 

515 or 515A 4.00 

RM15 4.50 

517 or 517A 4.50 

524D or 524AD 5.00 

525 4.50 

531 or RM31 4.50 

532 or RM32 4.50 

533 4.50 

535 or RM35 5.00 

536 4.50 

537 4.50 

541 or RM41 4.50 

543 4.50 

545 or RM45 5.00 

547 4.50 

551 4.50 

53A or 53/54A 1 .50 

53B or 53/54B 1.50 

53C or 53/54C 1 .50 

53/54D 1 .50 

53/54E 1.50 

53G or 53/54G 1.50 

53/54H 1.50 

53/54K 1.50 

53/54L 1.50 

53/54P 1.50 

53/54T 1.50 

570 4.50 

575 5.00 



r 



■ 



4/5 B 




163 



APPROXIMATE SHIPPING WEIGHTS 



INSTRUMENT 
TYPE 

1 05 

1 07 

112 

121 

122 

126 

128 

130 

160 Series 

160A 

161 

162 

163 

360 

FA-160 

180A 

181 

RM181 

1 90A 

310 

316 

RM16 

502 

51 5A 

RM15 

517A 

524AD 

Viewing Hood 
525 

531 

RM31 

532 

RM32 

535 

RM35 

536 

541 

RM41 

545 

RM45 

551 

53/54A 

53/54B 

53/54C 

53/54D 

53/54E 

53/54G 

53/54H 

53/54K 

53/54L 

53/54P 

53/54R 

53/54T 

570 

575 

500A 

500/53A 





DOMESTIC 




EXPORT PACK 


ED 


NET WEIGHT 


PACKED 


WEIGHT IN 


VOLUME IN 


IN POUNDS 


IN POUNDS 


POUNDS 


KILOGRAMS 


CU. FT. 


351/2 


49 


65 


29 


5 


12 


19 


44 


20 


4 


32 


49 


75 


34 


7 


I81/2 


24 


45 


20 


4 


51/2 


9 


16 


7 


1 


IOI/2 


25 


43 


19 


5 


6 


13 


16 


7 


1 


9 


17 


38 


17 


4 


21 


27 


50 


22 


4 


31/2 


7 


14 


6 


1 


31/2 


7 


14 


6 


1 


31/2 


7 


14 


6 


1 


9 


17 


32 


15 


4 


iy 4 


3 








31 


43 


60 


27 


5 


171/2 


24 


49 


22 


7 


18 


33 


54 


24 


6 


24 


36 


55 


25 


5 


231/2 


30 


50 


23 


4 


35 


42 


64 


29 


4 


35i/2 


79 


107 


49 


9 


55 


79 


98 


44 


8 


40 


58 


76 


34 


5 


43 


85 


113 


51 


9 


190 


242 


299 


135 


21 


61 


80 


103 


47 


8 


P/4 


3 


11 


5 


1 


54 


86 


115 


52 


9 


61 1/2 


80 


101 


46 


8 


78 


96 


116 


52 


10 


52 


73 


95 


43 


8 


71 


89 


109 


50 


10 


65 


85 


105 


48 


8 


81 


100 


120 


54 


10 


57 


83 


98 


44 


8 


61 1/2 


80 


101 


46 


8 


78 


96 


116 


52 


10 


65 


85 


105 


48 


8 


81 


100 


120 


54 


10 


96 


120 


140 


63 


13 


3V2 


10 


14 


6 




31/2 


10 


14 


6 




51/2 


12 


16 


7 




4 


11 


15 


7 




41/2 
41/2 


12 


16 


7 




12 


16 


7 




31/2 


10 


14 


6 




31/2 


10 


14 


6 




41/2 


12 


16 


7 




31/2 


10 


14 


6 




41/2 


12 


16 


7 




5 


12 


16 


7 




75 


96 


116 


53 


8 


70 


84 


105 


48 


8 


35 


53 


62 


28 


7 


35 


53 


62 


28 


7 



c 



c 






164 




4/5B 



I 



I 




I* 



r 



■ 



DESCRIPTION OF CATHODE-RAY-TUBE PHOSPHORS 



The catalog description of each oscilloscope gives the kind of phosphor 
that is normally provided in the crt. In general, your oscilloscope can be 
provided, on order, with any commercially available phosphor. 

Phosphors, other than those of short persistance, may display an initial 
fluorescence of one color, followed by a phosphorescence of the same or 
another color. The following table describes some of the phosphors we 
can provide in your crt. We welcome your inquiries. 



PHOSPHOR 


FLUORESCENCE 


PHOSPHORESCENCE 


PERSISTENCE 


PI 


Green 


Green 


Medium 


P2 


Blue-green 


Green 


Long 


P5 


Blue 




Very short 


P7* 


Blue-white 


Yellow 


Long 


Pll 


Blue 




Short 


P12 


Orange 


Orange 


Medium long 


P14* 


Purple 


Orange 


Medium long 


P15 


Blue-green 




Extremely short 


P16 


Violet and near 
ultra-violet 




Extremely short 


P19** 


Orange 


Orange 


Extremely long 


P24 


Blue 




Extremely short 



* Double-layer types. 
* 'Readily susceptible to burning. 



4/SB 




165 



HOW TO CALCULATE WRITING RATE 



I 




The writing rate of which an oscilloscope is capable is usually taken to 
mean the maximum spot speed (usually in centimeters per microsecond) 
at which a satisfactory photograph can be taken. The result depends not 
only upon the characteristics and adjustments of the oscilloscope, but also 
upon the photographic equipment and processes used. The illustration 
below shows one way in which writing rate can be calculated. There is 
displayed a single trace of damped sine wave whose frequency is such 
that the rapidly rising and falling portions of the first cycle or two fail to 
photograph. The writing-rate capability of the oscilloscope is determined 
as follows: Starting from the left, find the first rapidly rising or falling 
portion of the damped sine wave which is photographed in its entirety. 
Let D represent the vertical distance in centimeters between the peaks 
which are connected by this portion. If D is three or more times as great as 
the horizontal distance occupied by one cycle, the writing rate in centi- 
meters per microsecond is given closely by: 

Maximum writing rate — 3.14 Df 

where f is the frequency of the damped wave in megacycles. 





Although the writing rate is an important characteristic of the oscillo- 
scope, it does not completely describe the ability of the oscilloscope to 
present detailed information. It is also important to consider the available 
resolution in conjunction with screen size. It is convenient to present these 
latter data in terms of the number of spot widths contained in the length 
and in the height of the useful graticule area. 



166 




4/5 a 



I 



I 




f 



I 



Tektronix, l»«., P. •. Box 831, Portland 7, Oregon 

Telephone: CYpress 2-2611 TWX — PD 311 Cable: TEKTRONIX 

AN OREGON CORPORATION 

Tektronix Field Engineering Offices 

ALBUQUERQUE* Tektronix, Inc., 127C Jefferson St. N. E., Albuquerque, New Mexico 

TWX: AQ 96 ALpine 6-1279 

BALTIMORE* Tektronix, Inc., 724 York Road, Towson 4, Maryland VAIley 5-9000 

TWX: TOWSON MD 535 Washington Area: ENterprise 1-6023 

BOSTON* Tektronix, Inc., 18 Austin St., Newtonville 60, Massachusetts 

TWX : NEWTON MASS 940 LAsell 7-2212 

CHICAGO* Tektronix, Inc., 7514 W. North Ave., Elmwood Park 35, Illinois 

TWX: RIVER GROVE ILL 1395 GLadstone 6-7930 

CLEVELAND Tektronix, Inc., 3353 Edgecliff Terrace, Cleveland 11, Ohio TWX: CV 352 CLearwater 2-2121 

Detroit Area: ENterprise 7121 Pittsburg Area: ZEnith 0212 

DALLAS* Tektronix, Inc., 6211 Denton Drive, P. O. Box 35104, Dallas 35, Texas 

TWX: DL 264 FLeetwood 2-4087, 2-7655 

DAYTON Tektronix, Inc., 3898 Linden Ave., Room 212, Dayton 32, Ohio TWX: DY 363 .... CLearwater 4-1774 

END1COTT* Tektronix, Inc., 3214 Watson Blvd., Endwell, New York TWX : END1COTT NY 290 ENdicott 8-5291 

HOUSTON Tektronix, Inc., 2605 Westgrove Lane, Houston 6, Texas MOhawk 7-8301 , 7-8302 

KANSAS CITY Tektronix, Inc., 5920 Nail, Mission, Kansas RAndolph 2-6522, 2-6523 

St. Louis Area: ENterprise 6510 

LOS ANGELES AREA 

East L. A. Tektronix, Inc., 5441 East Beverly Blvd., East Los Angeles 22, California 

TWX: MTB 7762 RAymond 3-9408, 3-9409 

West L. A.* Tektronix, Inc., 11681 San Vicente Blvd., West Los Angeles 49, California BRadshaw 2-1563 

TWX: WEST LOS ANGELES CAL 6698 GRanite 3-1105 

MINNEAPOLIS Tektronix, Inc., 3100 W. Lake Street, Minneapolis 16, Minnesota TWX: MP 983 WAInut 7-9559 

NEW YORK CITY AREA*** 

New York City and Long Island served by: 

Tektronix, Inc., 840 Willis Avenue, Albertson, L. 1., New York TWX: G CY NY 1416 Pioneer 7-4830 

Westchester County, Western Connecticut, Hudson River Valley served by: 

Tektronix, Inc., 49 Pondfield Road, Bronxville 8, New York 

TWX: BRONXVILLE NY 1207 DEerfield 7-3771 

Northern New Jersey served by: 

Tektronix, Inc., 412 Chestnut Street, Union, New Jersey TWX: UNVL 82 MUrdock 8-2222 

PALO ALTO* Tektronix, Inc., 701 Welch Road, Palo Alto, California TWX: PALO ALTO CAL 112 DAvenport 6-8500 

PHILADELPHIA* Tektronix, Inc., 7709 Ogontz Ave., Philadelphia 50, Pennsylvania TWX: PH 930 WAverly 4-5678 

PHOENIX Tektronix, Inc., 2415 E. McDowell Road, Phoenix, Arizona TWX: PX 52 BRidge 5-9762 

SAN DIEGO Tektronix, Inc., 1900 Rosecrans Street, San Diego 6, California TWX: SD 6341 ACademy 2-0384 

SYRACUSE* Tektronix, Inc., 313 Nottingham Road, Syracuse 10, New York TWX: SS 423 GRanite 2-3339 

TORONTO* Tektronix, Inc., 3 Finch Ave. East, Willowdale, Ontario, Canada Toronto, BAIdwin 5-1138 

* REPAIR CENTERS 

■ 

Tektronix Engineering Representatives 

ATLANTA Bivins & Caldwell, 3133 Maple Drive N. E., Atlanta 5, Georgia TWX: AT 987 CEdar 3-7522 

DENVER Hytronic Measurements, Inc., 1295 South Bannock Street, Denver 23, Colorado 

TWX: DN 863 PEarl 3-3701 

FORT MYERS Arthur Lynch & Associates, Inc., 35 W. Northshore Ave., Fort Myers, Florida 

TWX: FORT MYERS FLA 458 WYandotte 5-2151 

GAINESVILLE Arthur Lynch & Associates, Inc., P. O. Box 2492, Gainsville, Florida FRanklin 2-8028 

HIGH POINT Bivins & Caldwell, P. O. Box 5187, High Point, North Carolina 

TWX: HIGH POINT NC 454 Phone: 2-6873 

PORTLAND Hawthorne Electronics, 700 S. E. Hawthorne Blvd., Portland 14, Oregon BEImont 4-9375 

SEATTLE Hawthorne Electronics, 101 Administration Bldg., Boeing Field, Seattle, Washington 

TWX: SE 798 PArkway 5-3962 

5/5B Printed in U.S.A. 1 67 



ARGENTINA 



AUSTRALIA 



BELGIUM 
BRAZIL 



CUBA 
DENMARK 

ENGLAND 

FINLAND 

FRANCE 



INDIA 
ISRAEL 

ITALY 
JAPAN 

NETHERLANDS 

NORWAY 

SWEDEN 

SWITZERLAND 

UNION OF 
SOUTH AFRICA 

URUGUAY 
WEST GERMANY 



Other OVERSEAS 



Tektronix Overseas Distributors 

Ricma Argentina S. A., Sarmiento 309-Tercer Piso, Casilla Correao 2824, Buenos Aires, Argentina 

Gerencia: 31-3990 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 90 Grote St., Adelaide, S. A., Australia LA-5295 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 52 Bowen St., Brisbane, Qld., Australia B-6462 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 139-143 Bouverie St., Carlton, N. 3, Melbourne, Australia FJ-4161/8 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 68 Railway Pde., West Perth, W. A., Perth, Australia BA-8587/9686 

Electronic Industries Imports Pty. Ltd., 713 Parramatta Rd., Leichhardt, NSW, Sydney, Australia LM-6327 

Regularion-Mesure, S.P.R.L., 22, rue Saint-Hubert, Bruxelles 15, Belgium 70. 79. 89 

Consulting & Suppliers Company for South America Inc., 61 Broadway, New York 6, New York 

y BOwling Green 9-0610/11 

Importacao Industrie E Comercio Ambriex S. A., Av. Graca Aranha 57-510 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil 
K 42-7990, 42-7291 

Palmar Lrda, Rua 7 de Abril 252, Sao Paulo, Brazil - 34-4497 

Laboratories Meditron, Calle B No. 56, Vedadd, Habana, Cuba F-5970 

Taqe Olsen A/S, Centrumgaarden, Room 133, 6D, Vesterbrogade, Kobenhavn V, Denmark 

y Palael369, Palae 1343 

Livingston Laboratories Ltd., Retcar Street, London N.19, England Archway 6251 

Into O/Y, 11 Meritullinkatu, Helsinki, Finland 62 14 25, 35 125 

Maurice I. Parisier & Co., 741-745 Washington St., New York 14, N. Y ALgonquin 5-8900 

Relations Techniques Intercontinentales, 145, Avenue Malakoff, Paris 16, France 

Passy 08-36, Kleber 54-82 

Electronic Enterprises, 46, Karani Building, Opp. Cama Baug., New Charni Road, Bombay 4, India 

75376 

Landseas Products Corp., 48 West 48th Street, New York 36, New York COIumbus 5-8323 

Landseas Eastern Co., P. O. Box 2554, Tel Aviv, Israel ^890 

CESA-Elettronica, 20 via Tevere, Roma, Italy • 846.592, 865.722 

Midoriya Electric Co., Ltd., 3-4 Chome, Ginza-nishi, Chuo-Ku, Tokyo, Japan 

(56) 1786 7415 7416 7439 5396 8282 

C. N. Rood, n. v., 11-13 Cort van der Lindenstraat, Rijswijk, Z. H., Netherlands The Hague 98.51.53 

Eugen Nilsson, Mollergaten 8, Oslo, Norway 33 1 4 28, 33 27 62 

Erik Ferner AB, Bjornsonsgatan 197, Bromma, Stockholm, Sweden 37 42 77, 37 77 00 

Omni Ray AG, Dufourstrasse 56, Zurich 8, Switzerland (051 ) 34-44-30 

Protea Holdings, Ltd., 42, Faraday Street, Wemmer, Johannesburg, Union of South Africa 33-4762/3 

Compania Uruguaya De Rayos X y Elecrromedicina S. A. Mercedes 1300, Yaguaron 1449, Montevideo, 

Uruguay 8 58 29 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Berlin W30, Augsburgerstrasse 33, West Germany 91 27 62 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Hannover, Schillerstrasse 23, West Germany 1 33 80 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Karlsruhe, Kriegstrasse 39, West Germany 25202 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Koln, Habsburger-Ring 2-12, West Germany 215341 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Munchen 9, Auerfeldstrasse 22, West Germany 4 46 38 

Rohde & Schwarz Vertriebs, GmbH, Munchen 9, Briennerstrasse 23, West Germany 59 52 65 

areas please write or cable directly to the Export Department, Portland, Oregon, U.S.A. 




c 



•k 



168 



5/5B 



I